1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes true
133 \output_changes false
137 \author 2090807402 "usti"
151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
153 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
155 \begin_inset CommandInset href
157 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
168 \begin_inset Newline newline
172 \begin_inset Newline newline
176 \begin_inset Note Note
179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
180 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
181 \begin_inset Newline newline
186 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
194 \begin_layout Standard
195 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
196 LatexCommand tableofcontents
203 \begin_layout Chapter
207 \begin_layout Section
211 \begin_layout Standard
212 LyX is a document preparation system.
213 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
214 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
215 It is unlike most other
216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
223 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
225 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
241 pt type, left justified, 5
242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
250 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
254 \begin_layout Standard
255 This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the
258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
272 \begin_layout Standard
274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
285 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
286 the format of all of the manuals.
287 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
288 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 \begin_layout Section
309 \begin_layout Standard
310 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
312 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
313 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
317 \begin_layout Standard
318 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
319 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
320 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
322 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
323 only a vertical scrollbar.
324 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
325 The first case is large images.
326 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
333 LaTeX and LyX options
336 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
338 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
339 this doesn't work for equations yet.
342 \begin_layout Standard
343 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
351 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
358 \begin_layout Section
362 \begin_layout Standard
363 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
364 You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
365 Just select the manual you want to read from the
372 \begin_layout Section
374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
376 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
383 \begin_layout Standard
384 Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
386 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
390 \begin_inset Index idx
393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
400 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
401 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
403 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
404 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
409 \begin_inset space \space{}
412 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
413 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
415 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
419 \begin_inset Index idx
422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
423 Reconfiguration of LyX
428 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
431 \begin_layout Section
433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
435 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
442 \begin_layout Standard
443 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
444 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
446 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
447 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
451 \begin_layout Standard
452 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
454 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
455 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
458 \begin_layout Standard
459 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
460 you can view from the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
482 reconfigure LyX (menu
484 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
488 \begin_inset Note Note
491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
492 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
500 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
501 More about TeX Code is described in section
506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
508 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
512 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
519 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
529 \begin_inset Index idx
532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
533 Reconfiguration of LyX
538 See section 5.1 of the
542 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
545 \begin_layout Chapter
549 \begin_layout Section
550 Basic File Operations
551 \begin_inset Index idx
554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
563 \begin_layout Standard
568 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
569 in addition to some more advanced operations:
572 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
602 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_layout Itemize
632 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_layout Itemize
656 \begin_layout Itemize
666 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_layout Itemize
678 \begin_layout Itemize
684 arg "dialog-show print"
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
736 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
768 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
769 space is just that — a big, blank space.
777 \begin_layout Standard
798 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
803 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
828 will reload the document from disk.
829 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
830 and want to restore it to the last save.
839 you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
840 them as your changes.
843 \begin_layout Section
844 Basic Editing Features
845 \begin_inset Index idx
848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
857 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
864 \begin_layout Standard
865 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
866 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
867 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
868 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
870 We will start with cut and paste.
873 \begin_layout Standard
874 As you might expect, the
878 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
879 various other editing features.
880 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
884 \begin_layout Itemize
898 \begin_layout Itemize
912 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
946 \begin_layout Itemize
962 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
968 \begin_layout Standard
969 The first three are self-explanatory.
971 \begin_inset Index idx
974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
980 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
989 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
992 \begin_layout Standard
995 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1000 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1002 \begin_inset space ~
1006 \begin_inset space ~
1011 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1017 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1021 \begin_inset space ~
1026 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1027 will start a new paragraph.
1030 \begin_layout Standard
1031 \begin_inset Index idx
1034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1041 \begin_inset Index idx
1044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1052 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1054 \begin_inset space ~
1058 \begin_inset space ~
1066 \begin_inset space ~
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1076 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1081 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1084 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1098 button to skip the current word.
1102 \begin_inset space ~
1107 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1111 \begin_inset space ~
1116 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1118 If the toggle is set, searching for
1119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1130 will not match the word
1131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1145 Match whole words only
1147 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1176 LyX offers also an advanced
1179 \begin_inset space ~
1183 \begin_inset space ~
1188 feature that is described in sec.
1189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1195 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1202 \begin_layout Standard
1203 Things like notes, floats, etc.
1204 \begin_inset space \space{}
1208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1216 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1218 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1223 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1230 \begin_layout Standard
1231 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1234 arg "inset-select-all"
1240 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1243 selects the whole document.
1246 \begin_layout Section
1248 \begin_inset Index idx
1251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1258 \begin_inset Index idx
1261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1270 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1277 \begin_layout Standard
1278 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1279 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1282 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1285 or the toolbar button
1291 to undo some mistake.
1292 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1294 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1297 or the toolbar button
1304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1311 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1315 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1318 \begin_layout Standard
1319 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1328 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1329 This is a consequence of the 100
1330 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1333 step undo limit, above.
1336 \begin_layout Standard
1345 work on almost everything in LyX.
1346 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1350 \begin_layout Section
1352 \begin_inset Index idx
1355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1365 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1368 \begin_layout Enumerate
1373 \begin_layout Itemize
1378 once anywhere in the edit window.
1379 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Itemize
1394 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1397 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1400 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1403 \begin_layout Itemize
1404 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1406 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1413 \begin_layout Enumerate
1414 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1418 \begin_layout Standard
1419 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1420 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1424 \begin_layout Section
1426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1428 name "sec:Navigating"
1433 \begin_inset Index idx
1436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1445 \begin_layout Standard
1446 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1449 \begin_layout Itemize
1454 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1455 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1458 \begin_layout Itemize
1459 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1461 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1464 or by the toolbar button
1467 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1473 \begin_layout Itemize
1474 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1476 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1479 and use the same menu to return to them.
1480 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1483 \begin_layout Standard
1487 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1492 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1493 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1496 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1497 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1498 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1499 your last editing position.
1502 \begin_layout Subsection
1506 \begin_layout Standard
1507 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1508 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1509 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1517 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1521 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1528 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1533 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1537 \begin_layout Standard
1538 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1539 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1540 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1541 dialog and to modify the citation.
1542 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1546 \begin_layout Standard
1547 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1549 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1550 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1558 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1561 \begin_layout Standard
1562 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1563 you further to control the display.
1568 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1569 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1575 option keeps it in the current view state.
1576 Keeping means that when you have e.
1577 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1581 \begin_inset space \space{}
1584 the subsections of section
1585 \begin_inset space ~
1588 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1589 \begin_inset space ~
1592 3, the subsections of section
1593 \begin_inset space ~
1596 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1601 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1602 \begin_inset space ~
1606 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1616 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1619 \begin_layout Standard
1621 \begin_inset space ~
1625 \begin_inset Graphics
1626 filename ../images/reload.png
1631 \begin_inset space ~
1634 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1635 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1638 \begin_inset space \space{}
1642 \begin_inset Graphics
1643 filename ../images/down.png
1645 groupId toolbarbuttons
1650 \begin_inset space ~
1654 \begin_inset space \space{}
1658 \begin_inset Graphics
1659 filename ../images/up.png
1661 groupId toolbarbuttons
1666 \begin_inset space ~
1669 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1670 So, for example, you can move section
1671 \begin_inset space ~
1675 \begin_inset space ~
1678 2.4 or after section
1679 \begin_inset space ~
1683 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1685 \begin_inset Graphics
1686 filename ../images/promote.png
1688 groupId toolbarbuttons
1693 \begin_inset Graphics
1694 filename ../images/demote.png
1696 groupId toolbarbuttons
1700 (or the corresponding key bindings
1708 ) you can change the level of sections.
1709 So you can for example make section
1710 \begin_inset space ~
1714 \begin_inset space ~
1718 \begin_inset space ~
1724 \begin_layout Section
1725 Input / Word Completion
1726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1728 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1733 \begin_inset Index idx
1736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1743 \begin_inset Index idx
1746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1777 \begin_layout Standard
1778 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1780 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1781 is used to propose completions.
1784 \begin_layout Standard
1785 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1787 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1792 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1799 \begin_inset space ~
1803 \begin_inset space ~
1808 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1812 \begin_inset space ~
1817 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1818 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1822 \begin_inset space ~
1828 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1829 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1832 \begin_layout Standard
1833 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as an indicator that there
1834 are completions available.
1839 key to accept a proposed completion.
1840 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1841 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1842 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1849 \begin_layout Standard
1850 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1851 ing options for text.
1852 The special math option
1856 enables that characters can be composed.
1857 If you for example want to insert the character
1858 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1861 , you can then input the characters
1862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1873 to a formula to get it.
1874 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
1875 of the math toolbar.
1876 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1880 that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
1881 Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
1890 \begin_layout Section
1892 \begin_inset Index idx
1895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1902 \begin_inset Index idx
1905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1934 \begin_inset Index idx
1937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1968 \begin_layout Standard
1969 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
1982 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
1984 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1990 \begin_layout Standard
1994 \begin_inset space ~
2002 \begin_inset space ~
2023 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2027 \begin_layout Labeling
2028 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2032 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2033 LatexCommand nomenclature
2035 description "Tabulator key"
2041 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2042 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2043 \begin_inset space ~
2047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2049 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2056 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2060 , especially section
2061 \begin_inset space ~
2065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2067 reference "sub:Lists"
2073 If you're still confused, look in the
2078 \begin_inset Newline newline
2081 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2084 \begin_layout Labeling
2085 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2089 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2090 LatexCommand nomenclature
2092 description "Escape key"
2099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2106 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2107 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2110 \begin_layout Labeling
2111 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2117 \begin_inset space ~
2121 \begin_inset space ~
2128 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2129 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2133 \begin_layout Standard
2134 There are three modifier keys:
2137 \begin_layout Labeling
2138 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2156 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2157 LatexCommand nomenclature
2159 description "Control key"
2163 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2164 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2168 \begin_layout Itemize
2177 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2180 \begin_layout Itemize
2189 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2192 \begin_layout Itemize
2201 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2205 \begin_layout Labeling
2206 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2224 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2225 LatexCommand nomenclature
2227 description "Shift key"
2231 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2232 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2235 \begin_layout Labeling
2236 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2254 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2255 LatexCommand nomenclature
2257 description "Alt or Meta key"
2261 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2262 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2263 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2269 \begin_inset Newline newline
2272 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2274 menu accelerator keys
2277 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2278 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2282 \begin_layout Standard
2283 For example, the sequence
2284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2290 \begin_inset space ~
2294 \begin_inset space ~
2300 \begin_inset space ~
2308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2327 \begin_inset space ~
2333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2343 \begin_layout Standard
2348 manual lists all other things bound to the
2356 \begin_layout Standard
2357 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2358 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2359 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
2360 you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2361 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2362 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2363 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2365 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2381 followed by a capital
2388 \begin_layout Standard
2389 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2396 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2399 as explained in sec.
2400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2406 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2413 \begin_layout Chapter
2415 \begin_inset Index idx
2418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2427 \begin_layout Section
2429 \begin_inset Index idx
2432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2441 \begin_layout Subsection
2445 \begin_layout Standard
2446 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2447 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2448 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2449 numbering schemes, and so on.
2450 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2451 and format the title of your document differently.
2454 \begin_layout Standard
2459 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2460 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2461 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2462 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2463 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2466 \begin_layout Standard
2467 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2468 how to adjust their properties.
2471 \begin_layout Subsection
2473 \begin_inset Index idx
2476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2485 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2492 \begin_layout Standard
2493 You can select a class using the
2495 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2496 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2500 \begin_inset Index idx
2503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2510 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2514 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2518 \begin_layout Standard
2519 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2523 \begin_layout Description
2524 Article for basic articles
2527 \begin_layout Description
2528 Report for basic reports
2531 \begin_layout Description
2532 Book for writing a book
2535 \begin_layout Description
2536 Letter for US-style letters
2539 \begin_layout Standard
2540 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2541 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2542 will include many of these.
2543 Here are some of the classes.
2544 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2546 Special Document Classes
2555 \begin_layout Description
2556 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2559 \begin_layout Description
2560 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2564 \begin_layout Description
2565 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2569 \begin_layout Description
2570 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2571 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2572 There are three article layouts available.
2573 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2574 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2575 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2576 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2581 sequential numbering
2582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2585 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2586 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2587 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2588 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2591 \begin_layout Description
2592 Beamer Layout for presentations
2595 \begin_layout Description
2596 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2597 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2601 \begin_layout Description
2602 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2605 \begin_layout Description
2607 \begin_inset space ~
2610 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2613 \begin_layout Description
2614 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2617 \begin_layout Description
2618 Foils Used to make transparencies
2621 \begin_layout Description
2622 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2623 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2627 \begin_layout Description
2628 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2629 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2632 \begin_layout Description
2633 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2636 \begin_layout Description
2637 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2640 \begin_layout Description
2641 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2642 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2643 (Is used by this document.)
2646 \begin_layout Description
2647 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2650 \begin_layout Description
2651 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2654 \begin_layout Description
2659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2666 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2667 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2669 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2672 \begin_layout Description
2673 Slides Used to make transparencies
2676 \begin_layout Description
2678 \begin_inset space ~
2681 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2682 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2685 \begin_layout Description
2686 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2689 \begin_layout Standard
2690 We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
2692 You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
2698 Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
2699 of the document classes.
2702 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2706 \begin_layout Standard
2707 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2709 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2710 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2712 \begin_inset Index idx
2715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2732 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2733 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2735 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2738 \begin_layout Standard
2740 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2741 and some of them, like
2745 , are highly specialized.
2746 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2747 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2749 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2750 by some document class.
2751 There are just too many of them.
2752 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2755 \begin_layout Standard
2756 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2764 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2765 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2766 document class for a new file.
2767 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2772 Installing new LaTeX files
2773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2780 manual for information on how to install them.
2781 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2787 \begin_layout Standard
2788 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2789 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2791 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2792 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2793 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2795 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2798 \begin_inset space ~
2805 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2808 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2810 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2817 \begin_inset Index idx
2820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2829 \begin_layout Standard
2830 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2831 chosen document class.
2832 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2833 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2840 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2844 \begin_inset Index idx
2847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2854 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2858 \begin_layout Standard
2859 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2860 always installed by default.
2861 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2862 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2863 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2864 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2865 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2866 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2867 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2870 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2874 \begin_inset Index idx
2877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2878 Reconfiguration of LyX
2884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2887 Installing new LaTeX files
2888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2895 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2898 \begin_layout Standard
2899 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2907 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2908 LyX will advise you about these things.
2916 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2920 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2925 \begin_inset Index idx
2928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2929 Document ! Local Layout
2937 \begin_layout Standard
2938 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2939 used in a variety of different documents.
2940 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2941 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2942 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2943 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2944 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2945 What you want is LyX's
2946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2962 manual for information on how to use it.
2965 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2969 \begin_layout Standard
2970 Each class has a default set of options.
2971 Here's a quick table describing them:
2974 \begin_layout Standard
2975 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2981 \begin_layout Standard
2983 \begin_inset Tabular
2984 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2985 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2989 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2990 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3444 \begin_layout Standard
3445 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3451 \begin_layout Standard
3452 You're probably also wondering what
3453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3457 \begin_inset space ~
3461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3465 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3466 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3471 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3476 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3486 headings, there are also
3494 headings, and so on.
3495 We will describe these headings fully in section
3496 \begin_inset space ~
3500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3502 reference "sub:Headings"
3509 \begin_layout Subsection
3511 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3513 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3518 \begin_inset Index idx
3521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3530 \begin_inset Index idx
3533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3542 \begin_layout Standard
3543 The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
3545 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3552 \begin_inset space ~
3560 \begin_inset space ~
3565 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3567 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3568 to use for your document.
3569 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3573 \begin_layout Standard
3580 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3586 \begin_inset space ~
3591 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3592 You can choose between the following five options:
3595 \begin_layout Labeling
3596 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3601 Use default page style of current class.
3604 \begin_layout Labeling
3605 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3610 No page numbers or headings.
3613 \begin_layout Labeling
3614 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3622 \begin_layout Labeling
3623 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3628 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3629 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3630 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3633 \begin_layout Labeling
3634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3639 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3640 have the LaTeX-package
3645 \begin_inset Index idx
3648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3649 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3655 How they are defined is explained in section
3656 \begin_inset space ~
3660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3662 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3669 \begin_layout Standard
3670 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3671 \begin_inset space ~
3675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3677 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3684 \begin_layout Subsection
3685 Paper Size and Orientation
3686 \begin_inset Index idx
3689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3690 Document ! Paper size
3696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3698 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3705 \begin_layout Standard
3706 You can find the following options in the menu
3709 \begin_inset space ~
3716 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3722 \begin_inset Index idx
3725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3734 \begin_layout Labeling
3735 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3739 \begin_inset space ~
3744 What size paper to print on.
3749 \begin_layout Itemize
3755 \begin_layout Itemize
3761 \begin_layout Itemize
3767 \begin_layout Itemize
3773 \begin_layout Itemize
3776 US letter, US legal, US executive
3779 \begin_layout Itemize
3785 \begin_layout Itemize
3792 \begin_layout Labeling
3793 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3798 To choose whether to output as
3809 \begin_layout Labeling
3810 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3814 \begin_inset space ~
3819 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3820 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3823 \begin_layout Subsection
3825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3832 \begin_inset Index idx
3835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3842 \begin_inset Index idx
3845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3854 \begin_layout Standard
3855 Paper margins are set in the menu
3857 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3861 \begin_inset Index idx
3864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3873 \begin_layout Standard
3874 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3875 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3876 the paper format and the font size into account.
3879 \begin_layout Subsection
3883 \begin_layout Standard
3884 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3889 That includes the paragraph environments.
3890 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3891 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3892 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3893 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3902 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3904 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3905 will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
3906 s manually to a style present in your new document class.
3909 \begin_layout Section
3910 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3911 \begin_inset Index idx
3914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3915 Paragraph ! Indentation
3923 \begin_layout Subsection
3925 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3927 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3934 \begin_layout Standard
3935 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3936 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3939 \begin_layout Standard
3940 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3941 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3942 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3943 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3947 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3953 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3954 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3955 language than English.
3956 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3959 \begin_layout Standard
3960 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3961 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3963 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3964 LyX takes care of that.
3965 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3967 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3968 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3969 of a page, and so on.
3973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3974 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3979 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3980 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3984 of these pre-coded spacings.
3985 We will explain more later.
3988 \begin_layout Subsection
3989 Paragraph Separation
3990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3992 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3997 \begin_inset Index idx
4000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4001 Paragraph ! Separation
4009 \begin_layout Standard
4010 To separate paragraphs, select
4021 \begin_inset space ~
4028 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4032 \begin_inset Index idx
4035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4041 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4044 \begin_layout Subsection
4048 \begin_layout Standard
4049 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4052 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4054 \begin_inset space ~
4059 dialog and toggle the
4062 \begin_inset space ~
4067 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4070 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4074 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4075 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4079 \begin_layout Standard
4080 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4081 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4084 \begin_layout Subsection
4086 \begin_inset Index idx
4089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4090 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4098 \begin_layout Standard
4101 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4105 \begin_inset Index idx
4108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4117 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4120 \begin_inset space ~
4129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4130 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4135 \begin_inset Index idx
4138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4139 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4144 installed to use this feature.
4152 \begin_layout Section
4153 Paragraph Environments
4154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4156 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4161 \begin_inset Index idx
4164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4165 Paragraph ! Environments
4171 \begin_inset Index idx
4174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4175 Paragraph environments|(
4183 \begin_layout Subsection
4187 \begin_layout Standard
4188 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4191 \begin_layout Standard
4210 \begin_inset Newline newline
4213 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4214 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4215 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4224 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4227 \begin_layout Standard
4228 A paragraph environment is simply a
4229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4236 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4237 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4238 scheme, labels, and so on.
4239 Additionally, you can
4240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4247 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4248 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4249 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4250 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4251 days of typewriters.
4252 There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
4254 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4257 \begin_layout Standard
4258 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4259 \begin_inset Graphics
4260 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4266 at the left end of the toolbar.
4267 LyX will change the environment of the
4271 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4272 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4273 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4277 \begin_layout Standard
4286 create a new paragraph using the
4290 paragraph environment.
4292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4299 because if you are in one of these environments:
4302 \begin_layout Itemize
4308 \begin_layout Itemize
4314 \begin_layout Itemize
4320 \begin_layout Itemize
4326 \begin_layout Itemize
4332 \begin_layout Itemize
4338 \begin_layout Itemize
4344 \begin_layout Standard
4345 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4349 , rather than resetting it to
4354 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4355 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4356 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4357 \begin_inset space ~
4361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4363 reference "sec:Nesting"
4368 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4373 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4374 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4378 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4384 \begin_layout Subsection
4388 \begin_layout Standard
4389 The default paragraph environment is
4394 It creates a plain paragraph.
4395 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4396 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4397 this manual) are in the
4404 \begin_layout Standard
4405 You can nest a paragraph using the
4409 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4417 \begin_layout Subsection
4419 \begin_inset Index idx
4422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4431 \begin_layout Standard
4432 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4441 for thanks or contact information.
4442 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4443 page along with today's date.
4444 For other types of documents, the title
4445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4452 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4456 \begin_layout Standard
4457 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4471 Here's how you use them:
4474 \begin_layout Itemize
4475 Put the title of your document in the
4482 \begin_layout Itemize
4483 Put the author name in the
4490 \begin_layout Itemize
4491 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4492 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4498 Note that using this environment is optional.
4499 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4500 If you don't want any date, add the line
4501 \begin_inset Newline newline
4511 \begin_inset Newline newline
4514 to the preamble of your document (menu
4516 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4522 \begin_layout Standard
4523 You can use footnotes to insert
4524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4531 or contact information.
4534 \begin_layout Subsection
4536 \begin_inset Index idx
4539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4555 \begin_layout Standard
4556 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4557 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4560 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4562 \begin_inset Index idx
4565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4566 Section headings ! Numbered
4574 \begin_layout Standard
4575 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4579 \begin_layout Enumerate
4585 \begin_layout Enumerate
4591 \begin_layout Enumerate
4597 \begin_layout Enumerate
4603 \begin_layout Enumerate
4609 \begin_layout Enumerate
4615 \begin_layout Enumerate
4621 \begin_layout Standard
4622 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4623 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4624 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4627 \begin_layout Standard
4628 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4629 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4630 You group the book into chapters.
4631 LyX does similar grouping:
4634 \begin_layout Itemize
4639 is divided into either
4650 \begin_layout Itemize
4662 \begin_layout Itemize
4674 \begin_layout Itemize
4686 \begin_layout Itemize
4698 \begin_layout Itemize
4710 \begin_layout Standard
4711 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4719 Not all document types use the
4723 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4728 is the top-level heading.
4736 \begin_layout Standard
4741 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4742 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4744 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4756 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4758 \begin_inset Index idx
4761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4762 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4770 \begin_layout Standard
4771 The unnumbered section headings have a
4772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4779 at the end of their name.
4780 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4781 the table of contents, see section
4782 \begin_inset space ~
4786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4795 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4796 Changing the Numbering
4797 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4799 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4806 \begin_layout Standard
4807 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4808 in the Table of Contents.
4809 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4811 Certain classes start with
4825 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4835 This is something you can change.
4838 \begin_layout Standard
4841 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4845 \begin_inset Index idx
4848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4857 \begin_inset space ~
4861 \begin_inset space ~
4866 you will see two counters.
4871 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4873 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4877 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4878 Short Titles of Headings
4879 \begin_inset Index idx
4882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4883 Section headings ! Short titles
4889 \begin_inset Argument
4892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4901 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4908 \begin_layout Standard
4909 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4910 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4911 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4912 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4915 \begin_layout Standard
4916 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4917 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4918 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4919 To specify a short title, use the menu
4921 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4923 \begin_inset space ~
4929 This will insert a box labeled
4930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4945 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4946 This also works for captions inside floats.
4949 \begin_layout Standard
4950 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4953 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4957 \begin_layout Standard
4958 The following information applies to all section headings:
4961 \begin_layout Itemize
4962 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4965 \begin_layout Itemize
4966 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4969 \begin_layout Itemize
4970 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4973 \begin_layout Itemize
4974 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4977 \begin_layout Subsection
4978 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4981 \begin_layout Standard
4982 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4996 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4997 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4998 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4999 the text they contain.
5000 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5008 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5011 \begin_layout Standard
5012 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5021 when you start a new paragraph.
5022 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5026 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5027 Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
5028 have to change back to the
5032 environment yourself.
5041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5048 \begin_inset Index idx
5051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5060 \begin_layout Standard
5061 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5062 time for the differences.
5071 are identical except for one difference:
5075 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5084 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5087 \begin_layout Standard
5088 Here's an example of the
5101 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5103 See – no indentation!
5107 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5108 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5109 the other paragraph.
5112 \begin_layout Standard
5113 Here's another example, this time in the
5120 \begin_layout Quotation
5126 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5127 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5128 the first line, then
5132 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5136 you were quoting other text.
5139 \begin_layout Quotation
5140 Here's a new paragraph.
5141 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5142 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5145 \begin_layout Standard
5146 As the examples show,
5150 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5151 They should put quotes in the
5156 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5160 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5163 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5169 \begin_inset Index idx
5172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5181 \begin_inset Index idx
5184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5200 \begin_layout Standard
5205 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5211 \begin_inset Newline newline
5214 Which I did not rehearse!
5218 It could be much worse.
5219 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5221 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5222 indented a bit more than the first.
5223 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5229 \begin_inset Newline newline
5232 And make things look fine
5233 \begin_inset Newline newline
5239 arg "newline-insert newline"
5245 \begin_layout Standard
5250 does not indent both margins.
5251 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5252 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5259 arg "newline-insert newline"
5265 \begin_layout Subsection
5267 \begin_inset Index idx
5270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5286 \begin_layout Standard
5287 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5297 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5306 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5307 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5308 describing some general features of all four of them.
5311 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5315 \begin_layout Standard
5316 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5318 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5327 reset the environment to
5331 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5332 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5333 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5337 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5340 to break paragraphs.
5343 \begin_layout Standard
5344 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5345 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5347 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5348 you read all of section
5349 \begin_inset space ~
5353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5355 reference "sec:Nesting"
5363 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5369 \begin_inset Index idx
5372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5379 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5388 \begin_layout Standard
5389 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5393 paragraph environment.
5394 It has the following properties:
5397 \begin_layout Itemize
5398 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5402 \begin_layout Itemize
5403 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5406 \begin_layout Itemize
5407 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5411 \begin_layout Itemize
5412 The items can have any length.
5413 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5414 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5421 \begin_layout Itemize
5426 environment inside another
5430 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5434 \begin_layout Itemize
5435 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5438 \begin_layout Itemize
5439 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5442 \begin_layout Itemize
5444 \begin_inset space ~
5448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5450 reference "sec:Nesting"
5454 for a full explanation of nesting.
5458 \begin_layout Standard
5459 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5468 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5471 \begin_layout Standard
5472 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5473 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5476 \begin_layout Itemize
5477 The label for the first level
5481 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5485 \begin_layout Itemize
5486 The label for the second level is a dash.
5490 \begin_layout Itemize
5491 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5495 \begin_layout Itemize
5496 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5500 \begin_layout Itemize
5501 Back out to the third level.
5505 \begin_layout Itemize
5506 Back to the second level.
5510 \begin_layout Itemize
5511 Back to the outermost level.
5514 \begin_layout Standard
5515 These are the default labels for an
5520 You can customize these labels in the
5522 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5525 dialog in the submenu
5532 \begin_inset Index idx
5535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5544 \begin_layout Standard
5545 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5546 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5548 \begin_inset space ~
5552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5554 reference "sec:Nesting"
5561 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5567 \begin_inset Index idx
5570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5579 name "sec:Enumerate"
5586 \begin_layout Standard
5591 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5592 It has these properties:
5595 \begin_layout Enumerate
5596 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5600 \begin_layout Enumerate
5601 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5605 \begin_layout Enumerate
5606 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5609 \begin_layout Enumerate
5614 environment resets the counter to one.
5617 \begin_layout Enumerate
5630 \begin_layout Enumerate
5631 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5632 Items can have any length.
5635 \begin_layout Enumerate
5636 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5639 \begin_layout Enumerate
5640 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5643 \begin_layout Enumerate
5644 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5648 \begin_layout Standard
5657 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5658 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5665 \begin_layout Enumerate
5666 The first level of an
5670 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5674 \begin_layout Enumerate
5675 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5679 \begin_layout Enumerate
5680 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5684 \begin_layout Enumerate
5685 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5688 \begin_layout Enumerate
5689 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5694 \begin_layout Enumerate
5695 Back to the third level
5699 \begin_layout Enumerate
5700 Back to the second level.
5704 \begin_layout Enumerate
5705 Back to the outermost level.
5708 \begin_layout Standard
5709 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5714 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5719 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5723 \begin_layout Standard
5724 There is more to nesting
5728 environments than we've stated here.
5729 You should read section
5730 \begin_inset space ~
5734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5736 reference "sec:Nesting"
5740 to learn more about nesting.
5743 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5749 \begin_inset Index idx
5752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5761 \begin_layout Standard
5762 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5766 list has no fixed label.
5767 Instead, LyX uses the first
5768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5775 of the first line as the label.
5779 \begin_layout Description
5780 Example: This is an example of the
5787 \begin_layout Standard
5788 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5792 \begin_layout Standard
5794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5801 it is meant that the first hit of the
5805 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5807 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5815 arg "space-insert protected"
5820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5821 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5823 \begin_inset space ~
5829 \begin_inset space ~
5833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5835 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5839 for more info.) Here is an example:
5842 \begin_layout Description
5844 \begin_inset space ~
5847 Example: This one shows how to use a
5850 \begin_inset space ~
5862 \begin_layout Description
5863 Usage: You should use the
5867 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5868 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5870 It's not a good idea to use a
5874 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5875 You're better off using
5887 paragraphs into them.
5890 \begin_layout Description
5891 Nesting: You can nest
5895 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5899 \begin_layout Standard
5900 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5901 them from the first line.
5904 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5910 \begin_inset Index idx
5913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5922 \begin_layout Standard
5927 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5930 \begin_layout Standard
5931 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5939 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5944 environment is named
5956 \begin_layout Standard
5965 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5966 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5969 \begin_layout Labeling
5970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5972 \begin_inset space ~
5975 labels LyX uses the first
5976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5983 of each line as the item label.
5988 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5989 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5990 blank as described above.
5993 \begin_layout Labeling
5994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5995 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5996 the body of the item text.
5997 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5998 label width plus a little extra space.
6002 \begin_layout Labeling
6003 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6005 \begin_inset space ~
6008 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6010 If the label width is larger, the label
6011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6018 into the first line.
6019 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6020 margin of the rest of the item text.
6023 \begin_layout Labeling
6024 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6026 \begin_inset space ~
6029 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6034 environment has the same left margin.
6035 \begin_inset Newline newline
6038 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6041 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6043 \begin_inset space ~
6052 \begin_inset space ~
6057 determines the default label width.
6058 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6067 multiple times instead.
6068 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6077 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6080 \begin_inset space ~
6085 every time you alter a label in a
6090 \begin_inset Newline newline
6093 The predefined default width is the length of
6094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6102 \begin_inset space ~
6107 \begin_inset Newline newline
6111 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6119 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6120 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6128 \begin_layout Standard
6133 environment the same way as the
6137 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6143 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6147 \begin_layout Standard
6152 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6154 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6156 \begin_inset space ~
6160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6162 reference "sec:Nesting"
6166 to learn about nesting.
6169 \begin_layout Standard
6170 There is yet another feature of the
6174 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6176 You can use additional
6180 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6185 are documented in section
6186 \begin_inset space ~
6190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6192 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6197 Here are some examples:
6200 \begin_layout Labeling
6201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6202 Left The default for
6209 \begin_layout Labeling
6210 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6211 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6218 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6221 \begin_layout Labeling
6222 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6223 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6227 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6234 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6237 \begin_layout Subsection
6239 \begin_inset Index idx
6242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6251 \begin_layout Standard
6252 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6255 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6257 in the document settings.
6258 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6263 \begin_inset Index idx
6266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6267 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6275 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6276 Custom Enumerate Lists
6277 \begin_inset Index idx
6280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6281 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6289 \begin_layout Standard
6291 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6294 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6297 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6298 There you add the command
6301 \begin_layout Standard
6309 \begin_layout Standard
6310 in TeX Code (shortcut
6320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6321 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6322 \begin_inset space ~
6326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6328 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6341 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6348 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6349 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6362 For Arabic numerals use
6370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6377 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6392 \begin_layout Standard
6394 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6402 You can only number 26
6403 \begin_inset space ~
6406 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6414 \begin_layout Standard
6415 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6416 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6419 \begin_layout Standard
6420 As example a list with custom numbering:
6423 \begin_layout Enumerate
6424 \begin_inset Argument
6427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6453 \begin_layout Enumerate
6454 \begin_inset Argument
6457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6480 \begin_layout Enumerate
6485 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 \begin_inset Argument
6489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6513 \begin_layout Enumerate
6514 \begin_inset Argument
6517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6543 \begin_layout Standard
6544 For this list these commands were used:
6547 \begin_layout Standard
6558 \begin_inset Newline newline
6566 \begin_inset Newline newline
6574 \begin_inset Newline newline
6584 \begin_layout Standard
6591 makes the label emphasized and
6600 \begin_layout Standard
6601 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6609 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6610 lists until you change the definition.
6618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6620 \begin_inset Index idx
6623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6624 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6632 \begin_layout Standard
6633 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6636 \begin_layout Enumerate
6637 \begin_inset Argument
6640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6659 \begin_inset Note Note
6662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6663 goes back to default numbering
6671 \begin_layout Enumerate
6675 \begin_layout Standard
6679 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6683 \begin_layout Standard
6684 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6689 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6690 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6693 \begin_layout Standard
6694 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6702 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6710 \begin_layout Standard
6711 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6713 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6714 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6715 of a normal enumeration.
6716 There, insert the command
6719 \begin_layout Standard
6725 \begin_layout Standard
6730 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6734 \begin_layout Enumerate
6738 \begin_layout Enumerate
6742 \begin_layout Standard
6743 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6746 \begin_layout Enumerate
6747 \begin_inset Argument
6750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6766 This enumeration starts at 4
6769 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6771 \begin_inset Index idx
6774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6783 \begin_layout Standard
6784 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6786 For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6789 \begin_layout Itemize
6793 \begin_layout Itemize
6794 with standard spacing
6797 \begin_layout Standard
6798 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6800 Add there the command
6804 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6807 \begin_layout Itemize
6808 \begin_inset Argument
6811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6830 \begin_layout Itemize
6834 \begin_layout Itemize
6838 \begin_layout Standard
6839 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6845 \begin_inset Index idx
6848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6849 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6855 For more info see its documentation,
6856 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6865 \begin_layout Standard
6866 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6868 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
6869 in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6873 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6876 \begin_layout Enumerate
6877 \begin_inset Argument
6880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6888 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6901 \begin_layout Enumerate
6902 with negative indentation
6905 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6906 Further Customization
6907 \begin_inset Index idx
6910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6911 Lists ! Customization
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 You can also change the style of description lists.
6924 \begin_layout Standard
6930 \begin_layout Standard
6931 changes the description label font, the command
6934 \begin_layout Standard
6940 \begin_layout Standard
6941 sets the list style.
6944 \begin_layout Standard
6945 An example where the command
6948 \begin_layout Standard
6953 itshape, style=nextline
6956 \begin_layout Standard
6960 \begin_layout Description
6962 \begin_inset space ~
6966 \begin_inset Argument
6969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6975 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6977 itshape, style=nextline
6987 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6988 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6992 \begin_layout Description
6994 \begin_inset space ~
6997 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6998 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6999 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7002 \begin_layout Standard
7003 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7009 \begin_inset Index idx
7012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7013 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7019 For more info see its documentation,
7020 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7029 \begin_layout Subsection
7031 \begin_inset Index idx
7034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7043 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7051 \begin_inset space ~
7059 \begin_layout Standard
7060 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7068 \begin_inset space ~
7074 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7075 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7076 In contrast, you can use the
7083 \begin_inset space ~
7088 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7089 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7093 \begin_layout Standard
7094 Of course, you're not limited to using
7101 \begin_inset space ~
7110 \begin_inset space ~
7115 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7116 some European academic papers.
7119 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7123 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7130 \begin_layout Standard
7135 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7136 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7140 \begin_inset space ~
7145 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7146 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7147 Here's an example of each:
7150 \begin_layout Right Address
7152 \begin_inset Newline newline
7156 \begin_inset Newline newline
7160 \begin_inset Newline newline
7163 When is it? What is today?
7166 \begin_layout Standard
7170 \begin_inset space ~
7176 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7177 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7178 Here's an example of the
7185 \begin_layout Address
7187 \begin_inset Newline newline
7190 Where do I send this
7191 \begin_inset Newline newline
7194 Your post office and country
7197 \begin_layout Standard
7198 As you can see, both
7205 \begin_inset space ~
7210 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7215 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7221 This makes sense, since
7229 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7230 Thus, you have to use
7237 arg "newline-insert newline"
7243 \begin_inset space ~
7246 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7248 \begin_inset space ~
7257 menu) to start a new line in an
7264 \begin_inset space ~
7272 \begin_layout Subsection
7276 \begin_layout Standard
7277 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7278 or list of references.
7279 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7282 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7286 \begin_inset Index idx
7289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7298 \begin_layout Standard
7303 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7304 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7305 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7306 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7310 in anything else or vice versa.
7316 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7317 The book document classes ignores the
7321 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7325 in a letter document class.
7328 \begin_layout Standard
7333 environment does several things for you.
7334 First, it puts the centered label
7335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7343 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7345 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7346 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7347 the subsequent text.
7348 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7349 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7352 \begin_layout Standard
7353 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7357 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7358 The new paragraph will still be in the
7363 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7364 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7367 \begin_layout Standard
7368 \begin_inset Float figure
7373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7375 \begin_inset Graphics
7376 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7384 \begin_inset Caption
7386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7389 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7410 \begin_layout Standard
7411 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7415 environment, but since this document is in the
7416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7423 class, we can't do this.
7424 We inserted it therefore as figure
7425 \begin_inset space ~
7429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7431 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7436 If you've never heard of an
7437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7444 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7447 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7453 \begin_inset Index idx
7456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7465 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7472 \begin_layout Standard
7477 environment is used to list references.
7478 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7479 only use it at the end of the document.
7484 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7487 \begin_layout Standard
7488 When you first open a
7492 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7508 depending on the document class.
7509 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7510 Each paragraph of the
7514 environment is a bibliography entry.
7519 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7520 Each new paragraph is still in the
7527 \begin_layout Standard
7528 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7529 by using a BibTeX database.
7530 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7531 phy handling, have a look at section
7532 \begin_inset space ~
7536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7538 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7545 \begin_layout Subsection
7549 \begin_inset Index idx
7552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7553 Paragraph ! LyX code
7559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7568 \begin_layout Standard
7573 environment is another LyX extension.
7574 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7579 key as a fixed whitespace;
7583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7595 \begin_inset space ~
7600 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7605 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7606 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7609 arg "newline-insert newline"
7626 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7627 So, when you finish using the
7631 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7632 Also, you can nest the
7636 environment inside of others.
7639 \begin_layout Standard
7640 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7643 \begin_layout Itemize
7647 arg "newline-insert newline"
7650 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7655 \begin_inset space \space{}
7665 arg "newline-insert newline"
7671 \begin_layout Itemize
7675 arg "newline-insert newline"
7686 \begin_layout Itemize
7691 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7698 \begin_layout Itemize
7702 arg "space-insert protected"
7709 \begin_layout Itemize
7710 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7711 You must put at least one
7715 in any line you want blank.
7716 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7719 \begin_layout Itemize
7720 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7724 since that will insert
7729 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7732 arg "self-insert \""
7738 \begin_layout Standard
7742 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7746 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7750 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7754 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7758 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7759 printf("Hello World!
7764 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7768 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7772 \begin_layout Standard
7773 This is just the standard
7774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7785 \begin_layout Standard
7790 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7791 rc-files, and so on.
7792 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7793 as if you used a typewriter.
7794 \begin_inset Index idx
7797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7798 Paragraph environments|)
7803 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7806 Program Code Listings
7811 \begin_inset space ~
7819 \begin_layout Section
7820 Nesting Environments
7821 \begin_inset Index idx
7824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7825 Nesting ! Environments
7831 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7840 \begin_layout Subsection
7844 \begin_layout Standard
7845 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7847 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7849 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7851 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7863 \begin_layout Enumerate
7867 \begin_layout Enumerate
7872 \begin_layout Enumerate
7876 \begin_layout Enumerate
7881 \begin_layout Enumerate
7885 \begin_layout Standard
7886 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7887 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7890 \begin_inset space ~
7894 \begin_inset space ~
7902 \begin_inset space ~
7906 \begin_inset space ~
7915 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7916 will tell you how far you are nested).
7917 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7920 arg "depth-increment"
7926 arg "depth-decrement"
7929 or the convenient key bindings
7940 arg "depth-increment"
7946 arg "depth-decrement"
7949 to change the nesting level.
7950 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7951 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7955 \begin_layout Standard
7956 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7957 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7958 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7959 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7962 \begin_layout Standard
7963 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7964 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7966 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7969 \begin_layout Subsection
7970 What You Can and Can't Nest
7973 \begin_layout Standard
7974 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7975 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7978 \begin_layout Standard
7979 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7980 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7981 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7984 \begin_layout Itemize
7985 Completely unnestable
7988 \begin_layout Itemize
7989 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7993 \begin_layout Itemize
7994 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7998 \begin_layout Standard
7999 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8000 environments have them:
8003 \begin_layout Description
8004 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8005 Can't nest into them.
8009 \begin_layout Itemize
8015 \begin_layout Itemize
8021 \begin_layout Itemize
8027 \begin_layout Itemize
8033 \begin_layout Itemize
8040 \begin_layout Description
8042 \begin_inset space ~
8045 Nestable You can nest them.
8046 You can nest other things into them.
8050 \begin_layout Itemize
8056 \begin_layout Itemize
8062 \begin_layout Itemize
8068 \begin_layout Itemize
8074 \begin_layout Itemize
8080 \begin_layout Itemize
8086 \begin_layout Itemize
8092 \begin_layout Itemize
8099 \begin_layout Description
8100 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8101 You can't nest anything into them.
8105 \begin_layout Itemize
8111 \begin_layout Itemize
8117 \begin_layout Itemize
8123 \begin_layout Itemize
8129 \begin_layout Itemize
8135 \begin_layout Itemize
8141 \begin_layout Itemize
8147 \begin_layout Itemize
8153 \begin_layout Itemize
8159 \begin_layout Itemize
8165 \begin_layout Itemize
8171 \begin_layout Itemize
8177 \begin_layout Itemize
8183 \begin_layout Itemize
8187 \begin_inset space ~
8193 \begin_layout Itemize
8200 \begin_layout Standard
8201 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8209 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8218 \begin_inset space ~
8222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8226 \begin_inset space \space{}
8229 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8230 well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8231 section headings violate this.
8239 \begin_layout Subsection
8240 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8241 \begin_inset Index idx
8244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8245 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8253 \begin_layout Standard
8254 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8255 affected by nesting anyhow.
8259 \begin_layout Itemize
8263 \begin_layout Itemize
8267 \begin_layout Itemize
8271 \begin_layout Standard
8273 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8281 Figures and tables in
8285 are not affected by this.
8290 Have a look at section
8291 \begin_inset space ~
8295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8297 reference "sec:Floats"
8301 for more information about
8308 \begin_layout Standard
8309 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8310 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8314 \begin_layout Standard
8315 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8323 of its own, it behaves just like a
8324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8331 paragraph environment.
8332 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8336 \begin_layout Standard
8337 Here's an example with a table:
8340 \begin_layout Enumerate
8345 \begin_layout Enumerate
8346 This is (a) and it's nested.
8350 \begin_layout Standard
8351 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8357 \begin_layout Standard
8359 \begin_inset Tabular
8360 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8361 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8362 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8363 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8447 \begin_layout Standard
8448 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8455 \begin_layout Enumerate
8457 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8461 \begin_layout Enumerate
8465 \begin_layout Standard
8466 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8469 \begin_layout Enumerate
8474 \begin_layout Enumerate
8475 This is (a) and it's nested.
8479 \begin_layout Standard
8480 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8486 \begin_layout Standard
8488 \begin_inset Tabular
8489 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8490 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8491 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8492 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8576 \begin_layout Standard
8577 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8583 \begin_layout Enumerate
8590 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8593 \begin_layout Enumerate
8597 \begin_layout Standard
8598 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8602 \begin_layout Standard
8603 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8605 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8608 \begin_layout Enumerate
8613 \begin_layout Enumerate
8614 This is (a) and it's nested.
8617 \begin_layout Standard
8618 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8624 \begin_layout Standard
8626 \begin_inset Tabular
8627 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8628 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8629 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8630 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8715 \begin_layout Standard
8716 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8722 \begin_layout Enumerate
8724 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8731 \begin_layout Enumerate
8735 \begin_layout Standard
8736 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8742 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8743 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8747 \begin_layout Subsection
8748 Usage and General Features
8751 \begin_layout Standard
8752 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8761 is the innermost possible depth.
8762 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8765 \begin_layout Enumerate
8766 level #1 – outermost
8770 \begin_layout Enumerate
8775 \begin_layout Enumerate
8780 \begin_layout Enumerate
8785 \begin_layout Itemize
8790 \begin_layout Itemize
8799 \begin_layout Standard
8800 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8801 both of them in the example.
8802 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8812 For example, if we tried to nest another
8817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8824 , we would get errors.
8827 \begin_layout Subsection
8829 \begin_inset Index idx
8832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8841 \begin_layout Standard
8842 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8843 We have several examples of nested environments.
8844 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8848 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8849 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8852 \begin_layout Labeling
8853 \labelwidthstring MMM
8854 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8863 \begin_layout Labeling
8864 \labelwidthstring MMM
8865 #2-a This is level #2.
8866 We created it by using
8869 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8875 arg "depth-increment"
8882 \begin_layout Labeling
8883 \labelwidthstring MMM
8884 #3-a This is level #3.
8885 This time, we just hit
8892 arg "depth-increment"
8896 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8900 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8906 arg "depth-increment"
8913 \begin_layout Standard
8918 environment, nested inside of
8919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8927 So, it's at level #4.
8928 We did this by hitting
8931 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8937 arg "depth-increment"
8940 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8945 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8961 \begin_layout Standard
8966 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8969 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8975 \begin_layout Labeling
8976 \labelwidthstring MMM
8977 #4-a This is level #4.
8981 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8984 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8989 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8993 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8998 keep nesting things inside
8999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9010 \begin_layout Labeling
9011 \labelwidthstring MMM
9012 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9017 \begin_layout Labeling
9018 \labelwidthstring MMM
9019 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9020 and this is level #6.
9021 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9025 \begin_layout Labeling
9026 \labelwidthstring MMM
9027 #5-b Back to level #5.
9031 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9037 arg "depth-decrement"
9044 \begin_layout Labeling
9045 \labelwidthstring MMM
9049 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9055 arg "depth-decrement"
9058 , we're back at level #4.
9062 \begin_layout Labeling
9063 \labelwidthstring MMM
9064 #3-b Back to level #3.
9065 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9069 \begin_layout Labeling
9070 \labelwidthstring MMM
9071 #2-b Back to level #2.
9076 \begin_layout Labeling
9077 \labelwidthstring MMM
9078 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9079 After this sentence, we will hit
9083 and change the paragraph environment back to
9090 \begin_layout Standard
9091 We could have also used the
9107 environment in place of the
9112 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9115 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9116 Example 2: Inheritance
9119 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9120 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9123 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9132 arg "depth-increment"
9135 , after which, we will change to the
9143 \begin_layout Enumerate
9148 environment, at level #2.
9151 \begin_layout Enumerate
9152 Notice how the nested
9156 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9160 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9164 \begin_layout Standard
9165 We ended this example by hitting
9170 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9174 and reset the nesting depth by using
9177 arg "depth-decrement"
9183 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9184 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9193 \begin_inset Argument
9196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9197 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9205 \begin_layout Enumerate
9206 This is level #1, in an
9210 paragraph environment.
9211 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9215 \begin_layout Enumerate
9220 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9226 arg "depth-increment"
9230 Now, what happens if we nest an
9234 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9235 label be? An asterisk?
9239 \begin_layout Itemize
9249 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9250 So, its label is a bullet.
9251 (We got here by using
9254 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9260 arg "depth-increment"
9263 , then changing the environment to
9271 \begin_layout Itemize
9272 Here's level #4, produced using
9275 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9281 arg "depth-increment"
9285 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9290 \begin_layout Enumerate
9291 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9293 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9298 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9302 , because we are in the
9311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9330 \begin_layout Enumerate
9335 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9336 type of numbering does LyX use?
9339 \begin_layout Enumerate
9340 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9343 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9346 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9349 \begin_layout Enumerate
9353 arg "depth-decrement"
9356 to decrease the depth after the next
9359 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9366 \begin_layout Enumerate
9368 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9372 \begin_layout Enumerate
9374 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9375 numeral as the label.Why?
9378 \begin_layout Enumerate
9379 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9388 Notice, however, that LyX
9392 reset the counter for the label.
9396 \begin_layout Enumerate
9400 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9406 arg "depth-decrement"
9409 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9410 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9411 into the twofold-nested
9419 \begin_layout Enumerate
9420 The same thing happens if we do another
9423 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9429 arg "depth-decrement"
9432 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9435 \begin_layout Standard
9436 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9441 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9455 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9461 The same rule applies for the
9465 environment, as well.
9468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9469 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9472 \begin_layout Enumerate
9473 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9474 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9475 the same detail with how we did it.
9484 \begin_layout Standard
9492 arg "depth-increment"
9499 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9500 the example in parentheses someplace.
9501 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9502 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9503 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9507 \begin_layout Enumerate
9512 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9517 Now we will add verse.
9518 \begin_inset Newline newline
9521 It will get much worse.
9522 \begin_inset Newline newline
9532 arg "depth-increment"
9543 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9544 \begin_inset Newline newline
9547 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9548 \begin_inset Newline newline
9554 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9567 \begin_layout Standard
9568 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9574 \begin_layout Standard
9576 \begin_inset Tabular
9577 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9578 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9579 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9580 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9669 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9679 arg "depth-increment"
9685 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9695 arg "depth-decrement"
9702 \begin_layout Enumerate
9707 : level #1) This is another item.
9708 Note that selecting a
9712 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9713 3 times to put the table inside the
9721 \begin_layout Quotation
9722 We're now ending the
9726 list and changing to
9731 We're still at level #1.
9732 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9733 The next set of paragraphs is a
9734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9741 We will nest both the
9748 \begin_inset space ~
9753 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9757 for the letter body.
9761 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9764 to preserve the depth.
9765 Remember that you need to use
9768 arg "newline-insert newline"
9771 to create multiple lines inside the
9778 \begin_inset space ~
9788 \begin_layout Right Address
9790 \begin_inset Newline newline
9793 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9794 \begin_inset Newline newline
9800 \begin_layout Address
9802 \begin_inset space ~
9808 \begin_layout Quotation
9809 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9810 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9813 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9814 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9815 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9816 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9817 as soon as possible.
9818 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9821 \begin_layout Quotation
9822 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9823 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9824 with your order, along with payment.
9827 \begin_layout Quotation
9828 We thank you again for your patience.
9831 \begin_layout Address
9833 \begin_inset Newline newline
9840 \begin_layout Quotation
9841 That ends that example!
9844 \begin_layout Standard
9845 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9846 just a few keystrokes.
9847 We could have easily nested an
9868 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9871 \begin_layout Section
9872 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9873 \begin_inset Index idx
9876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9885 \begin_layout Standard
9886 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9887 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9888 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9889 be broken at the end of a line.
9890 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9894 \begin_layout Subsection
9896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9898 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9903 \begin_inset Index idx
9906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9915 \begin_layout Standard
9916 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9918 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9922 Further documentation is given in section
9923 \begin_inset Newline newline
9927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9929 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9937 \begin_layout Standard
9938 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9953 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9962 A protected space is set with
9964 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9965 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9969 \begin_inset space ~
9979 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
9985 \begin_layout Subsection
9987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9989 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9994 \begin_inset Index idx
9997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9998 Spacing ! Horizontal
10006 \begin_layout Standard
10007 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10009 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10010 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10014 The length units are listed in Appendix
10015 \begin_inset space ~
10019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10021 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10028 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10032 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10037 \begin_inset Index idx
10040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10041 Spaces ! Inter-word
10049 \begin_layout Standard
10051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10055 \begin_inset space \space{}
10058 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10059 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10060 \begin_inset space ~
10064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10066 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10071 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10072 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10075 arg "space-insert normal"
10081 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10085 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10090 \begin_inset Index idx
10093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10102 \begin_layout Standard
10104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10111 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10120 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10121 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10122 inside abbreviations:
10125 \begin_layout Quote
10127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10131 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10134 \begin_layout Standard
10135 or between values and units.
10136 Compare for example this:
10137 \begin_inset Newline newline
10141 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10145 \begin_inset Newline newline
10148 10 kg (normal space
10151 \begin_layout Standard
10152 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10155 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10157 \begin_inset space ~
10165 arg "space-insert thin"
10171 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10175 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10182 \begin_layout Standard
10183 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10186 \begin_layout Description
10188 \begin_inset space ~
10192 \begin_inset space ~
10195 space A line with a
10196 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10200 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10204 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10207 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10210 \begin_layout Description
10212 \begin_inset space ~
10216 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10220 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10224 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10228 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10232 \begin_inset space ~
10236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10239 em) space between the arrows.
10242 \begin_layout Description
10244 \begin_inset space ~
10248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10252 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10256 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10260 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10264 \begin_inset space ~
10268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10271 em) space between the arrows.
10274 \begin_layout Description
10276 \begin_inset space ~
10280 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10284 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10288 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10292 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10296 \begin_inset space ~
10300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10303 em) space between the arrows.
10306 \begin_layout Description
10308 \begin_inset space ~
10312 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10316 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10321 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10328 cm space between the arrows.
10331 \begin_layout Standard
10333 \begin_inset space ~
10337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10339 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10343 lists the different space sizes.
10346 \begin_layout Standard
10347 \begin_inset Float table
10352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10354 \begin_inset Caption
10356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10359 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10363 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10373 \begin_inset Tabular
10374 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10375 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10376 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10377 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10417 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10489 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10517 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10532 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10560 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10573 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10594 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10600 \begin_inset Index idx
10603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10612 \begin_layout Standard
10613 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10614 in a uniform fashion.
10615 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10616 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10617 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10618 equally between themselves.
10621 \begin_layout Standard
10622 Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
10625 \begin_layout Quote
10627 This is on the left side
10628 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10631 This is on the right
10634 \begin_layout Quote
10637 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10641 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10647 \begin_layout Quote
10650 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10654 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10658 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10664 \begin_layout Standard
10665 That was an example in the
10671 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10675 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10679 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10682 is one in a standard paragraph.
10683 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10687 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10690 \begin_layout Standard
10691 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10694 \begin_inset space ~
10699 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10702 \begin_layout Standard
10704 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10708 \begin_inset space ~
10714 \begin_layout Standard
10716 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10720 \begin_inset space ~
10726 \begin_layout Standard
10728 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10732 \begin_inset space ~
10738 \begin_layout Standard
10740 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10744 \begin_inset space ~
10750 \begin_layout Standard
10752 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10756 \begin_inset space ~
10762 \begin_layout Standard
10764 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10768 \begin_inset space ~
10774 \begin_layout Standard
10775 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10783 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10787 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10788 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10789 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10793 option in the space dialog.
10801 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10805 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10810 \begin_inset Index idx
10813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10822 \begin_layout Standard
10823 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10825 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10829 \begin_inset space \space{}
10832 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10835 \begin_layout Standard
10836 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10839 What is correct English?:
10840 \begin_inset Newline newline
10844 \begin_inset Newline newline
10848 \begin_inset space ~
10851 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10852 \begin_inset Newline newline
10856 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10867 \begin_inset Newline newline
10871 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10882 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10888 \begin_layout Standard
10889 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10894 \begin_inset space ~
10898 \begin_inset space ~
10902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10906 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10908 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10909 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10913 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10919 \begin_inset space ~
10923 \begin_inset space ~
10927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10930 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10939 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10940 That is why it is named
10941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10949 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10950 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10954 \begin_layout Subsection
10956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10958 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10963 \begin_inset Index idx
10966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10975 \begin_layout Standard
10976 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10978 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10979 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10981 \begin_inset space ~
10987 There you find the following sizes:
10990 \begin_layout Standard
11003 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11008 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11010 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11014 \begin_inset Index idx
11017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11018 Document ! Settings
11023 for the paragraph separation.
11024 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11035 \begin_layout Standard
11041 \begin_inset Index idx
11044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11050 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11051 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11053 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11054 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11063 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11072 s are described in section
11073 \begin_inset space ~
11077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11079 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11088 If there are several
11092 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11093 You can therefore use
11097 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11100 \begin_layout Standard
11105 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11106 \begin_inset space ~
11110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11112 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11119 \begin_layout Standard
11120 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11130 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11131 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11143 \begin_layout Subsection
11144 Paragraph Alignment
11147 \begin_layout Standard
11148 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11150 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11154 There are five possibilities:
11157 \begin_layout Itemize
11165 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11171 \begin_layout Itemize
11179 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11185 \begin_layout Itemize
11193 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11199 \begin_layout Itemize
11207 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11213 \begin_layout Itemize
11221 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11227 \begin_layout Standard
11228 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11229 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11230 the left and right margins.
11231 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11234 \begin_layout Standard
11236 This paragraph is right aligned,
11239 \begin_layout Standard
11241 this one is centered,
11244 \begin_layout Standard
11246 this one is left aligned.
11249 \begin_layout Subsection
11251 \begin_inset Index idx
11254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11255 Page breaks ! Forced
11261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11263 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11270 \begin_layout Standard
11271 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11272 can force a page break where you want one.
11273 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11274 Only if you use a lot of
11278 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11281 \begin_layout Standard
11282 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11283 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11287 have to change the page breaking.
11290 \begin_layout Standard
11291 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11293 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11295 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11296 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11298 \begin_inset space ~
11304 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11307 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11309 \begin_inset space ~
11314 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11316 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11317 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11320 \begin_layout Standard
11321 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11322 at the top of a page.
11323 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11324 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11325 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11326 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11330 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11334 to learn more about
11341 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11343 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11345 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11350 \begin_inset Index idx
11353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11354 Page breaks ! Clear
11362 \begin_layout Standard
11363 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11364 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11365 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11366 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11367 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11370 \begin_layout Standard
11371 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11373 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11374 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11376 \begin_inset space ~
11382 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11384 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11385 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11387 \begin_inset space ~
11391 \begin_inset space ~
11396 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11397 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11400 \begin_layout Subsection
11402 \begin_inset Index idx
11405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11414 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11421 \begin_layout Standard
11422 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11424 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11426 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11427 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11429 \begin_inset space ~
11433 \begin_inset space ~
11441 arg "newline-insert newline"
11445 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11447 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11448 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11450 \begin_inset space ~
11454 \begin_inset space ~
11459 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11461 This is useful to avoid
11462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11469 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11472 \begin_layout Standard
11473 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11474 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11475 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11476 set a line break, e.
11477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11481 \begin_inset space \space{}
11484 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11485 \begin_inset space ~
11489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11491 reference "sec:Quote"
11496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11498 reference "sec:Verse"
11503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11505 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11512 \begin_layout Subsection
11514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11516 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11521 \begin_inset Index idx
11524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11533 \begin_layout Standard
11535 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11546 \begin_layout Standard
11550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11551 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11553 \begin_inset space ~
11558 you can insert horizontal lines.
11559 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11560 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11561 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11564 \begin_layout Standard
11566 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11577 \begin_layout Section
11578 Characters and Symbols
11581 \begin_layout Standard
11582 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11583 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11584 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11588 \begin_inset space \space{}
11591 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11599 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11603 for information on how this is done.
11606 \begin_layout Standard
11607 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11612 dialog via the menu
11614 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11615 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11621 \begin_layout Standard
11622 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11630 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11631 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11632 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11640 \begin_layout Section
11641 Fonts and Text Styles
11642 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11644 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11651 \begin_layout Subsection
11653 \begin_inset Index idx
11656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11665 \begin_layout Standard
11666 There are two types of fonts:
11669 \begin_layout Description
11671 \begin_inset space ~
11675 \begin_inset Index idx
11678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11684 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11685 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11689 characters) in the font.
11690 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11691 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11692 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11693 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11694 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11695 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11696 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11697 \begin_inset Newline newline
11700 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11701 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11702 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11703 sizes than at small ones.
11704 \begin_inset Newline newline
11718 \begin_inset space ~
11726 \begin_layout Description
11728 \begin_inset space ~
11732 \begin_inset Index idx
11735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11741 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11742 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11743 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11744 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11745 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11746 picture manipulation program.
11747 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11748 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11749 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11750 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11751 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11753 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11754 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11755 \begin_inset Newline newline
11758 Bitmap fonts are named
11761 \begin_inset space ~
11766 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11769 \begin_layout Standard
11770 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11771 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11772 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11773 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11774 use scalable fonts.
11777 \begin_layout Standard
11778 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11779 its document properties.
11782 \begin_layout Standard
11783 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11784 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11785 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11786 font to emphasize text, you use an
11787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11795 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11796 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11800 \begin_layout Subsection
11802 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11804 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11811 \begin_layout Standard
11812 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11813 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11814 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11816 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11817 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11818 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11819 to usual word processors.
11820 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11821 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11822 across different machines.
11823 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11824 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11826 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11828 \begin_inset space ~
11832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11834 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11839 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11840 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11844 \begin_layout Standard
11845 Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able to
11846 directly access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely
11848 Both engines are supported by LyX.
11849 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11850 that is installed on your system.
11851 The next section describes how to use these fonts.
11854 \begin_layout Standard
11855 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11863 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11864 es; so you might have to experiment.
11872 \begin_layout Standard
11873 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11881 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11882 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11890 \begin_layout Subsection
11891 Document Font and Font size
11892 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11894 name "sub:Document-Font"
11899 \begin_inset Index idx
11902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11909 \begin_inset Index idx
11912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11921 \begin_layout Standard
11922 You can set the document fonts in the
11924 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11928 \begin_inset Index idx
11931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11932 Document ! Settings
11942 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11943 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11946 \begin_inset space ~
11955 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11956 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11960 \begin_layout Standard
11967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11976 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11977 This requires that you use
11983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12022 as the output format, i.
12023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12027 \begin_inset space \space{}
12030 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12031 \begin_inset space ~
12035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12037 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12042 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
12043 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
12045 \begin_inset space ~
12048 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12049 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12050 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12052 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12055 \begin_layout Standard
12056 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12061 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12066 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12067 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12074 \begin_inset space ~
12080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12093 European Computer Modern
12096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12103 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12106 \begin_layout Standard
12115 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12116 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12121 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12124 \begin_inset space ~
12129 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12135 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12136 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12139 \begin_layout Itemize
12143 \begin_inset space ~
12148 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12161 \begin_inset space ~
12166 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12170 as the default font.
12171 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12172 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12175 \begin_inset space ~
12188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12189 One difference is improved kerning.
12197 \begin_layout Itemize
12201 \begin_inset space ~
12205 \begin_inset space ~
12210 fonts in (the rare) case that
12213 \begin_inset space ~
12218 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12233 Virtual means that it
12234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12245 -glyphs from other fonts.
12246 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12268 Loading the LaTeX-package
12273 \begin_inset Index idx
12276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12277 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12282 with the document preamble line
12283 \begin_inset Newline newline
12290 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12291 \begin_inset Newline newline
12296 will fix the guillemet problem.
12301 and that accented characters are not
12305 glyph, but built of
12309 characters, the accent and the letter.
12310 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12316 If you search for example for the French word
12317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12324 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12333 and not for the glyph
12334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12338 \begin_inset space ~
12342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12348 \begin_layout Itemize
12349 If you do not like the look of
12357 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12358 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12362 \begin_inset space ~
12368 \begin_inset space ~
12378 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12379 \begin_inset space ~
12382 serif and typewriter fonts,
12386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12387 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12388 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12394 \begin_inset space ~
12403 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12408 \begin_inset space \space{}
12416 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12420 \begin_inset space \space{}
12426 \begin_inset space ~
12434 \begin_inset space ~
12444 but you can also select your own.
12445 \begin_inset Newline newline
12448 The differences between roman,
12451 \begin_inset space ~
12460 fonts are explained in section
12461 \begin_inset space ~
12465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12467 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12472 \begin_inset Newline newline
12478 \begin_inset space ~
12483 was originally designed for newspapers.
12484 Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
12485 into the small newspaper columns.
12489 \begin_inset space ~
12494 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12497 \begin_layout Standard
12498 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12511 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12516 depends on the class you are using.
12517 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12520 \begin_layout Standard
12521 Note that the font size is the
12526 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12527 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12528 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12531 \begin_inset space ~
12537 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12538 \begin_inset space ~
12542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12544 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12551 \begin_layout Standard
12556 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12558 \begin_inset space ~
12561 serif or typewriter.
12566 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12576 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12579 \begin_layout Standard
12588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12597 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12603 \begin_inset Index idx
12606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12607 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12613 \begin_inset space ~
12617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12619 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12624 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12625 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12632 \begin_layout Standard
12633 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12635 Use Old Style Figures
12639 Use True Small Caps
12642 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12645 Use Old Style Figures
12647 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12649 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12650 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12654 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12657 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12661 Use True Small Caps
12663 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12664 of scaled capitals.
12665 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12666 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12669 \begin_layout Standard
12674 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12675 a font to display the script characters.
12679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12680 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12685 \begin_inset Index idx
12688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12689 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12694 So this has no effect for the document language
12710 \begin_layout Standard
12711 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12715 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12723 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12727 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12728 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12729 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12731 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12734 dialog, see section
12735 \begin_inset space ~
12739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12741 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12753 \begin_layout Subsection
12754 Using Different Character Styles
12755 \begin_inset Index idx
12758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12765 \begin_inset Index idx
12768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12777 \begin_layout Standard
12778 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12779 certain paragraph environments.
12780 LyX supports two character styles,
12789 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12793 \begin_layout Standard
12798 style, do one of the following:
12801 \begin_layout Itemize
12802 click on the toolbar button
12811 \begin_layout Itemize
12812 use the key binding
12821 \begin_layout Standard
12822 These commands are all toggles.
12827 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12830 \begin_layout Standard
12831 One typically uses the
12835 style for proper names.
12837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12844 is the original author of LyX.
12845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12851 \begin_layout Standard
12852 A more widely used character style is the
12857 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12864 \begin_layout Itemize
12865 clicking on the toolbar button
12874 \begin_layout Itemize
12875 using the keybindings
12884 \begin_layout Standard
12889 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12890 es use a different font.
12893 \begin_layout Standard
12894 We've been using the
12898 style all over the place in this document.
12899 Here's one more example:
12902 \begin_layout Quotation
12905 Do not overuse character styles!
12908 \begin_layout Standard
12909 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12910 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12911 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12912 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12916 \begin_layout Standard
12917 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12925 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12927 \begin_inset space ~
12935 \begin_layout Subsection
12936 Fine-Tuning with the
12941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12943 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12948 \begin_inset Index idx
12951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12960 \begin_layout Standard
12961 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12962 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12963 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12964 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12965 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12966 from ordinary dialog.
12969 \begin_layout Standard
12970 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12971 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12972 \begin_inset Newline newline
12975 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12976 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12979 \begin_layout Standard
12980 To use custom character styles, open the
12982 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12984 \begin_inset space ~
12987 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12990 dialog or press the toolbar button
12993 arg "dialog-show character"
12997 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12998 font property that you can choose.
12999 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
13002 \begin_inset space ~
13007 , which keeps the current state of that property.
13012 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
13013 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
13014 environments in a snap.
13017 \begin_layout Standard
13018 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
13021 \begin_inset space ~
13033 \begin_layout Labeling
13034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13048 The possible options are:
13052 \begin_layout Labeling
13053 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13058 This is the Roman font family.
13059 Normally a serif font.
13060 It's also the default family.
13070 \begin_layout Labeling
13071 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13075 \begin_inset space ~
13082 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13094 \begin_layout Labeling
13095 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13102 This is the Typewriter font family.
13108 arg "font-typewriter"
13117 \begin_layout Labeling
13118 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13123 This corresponds to the print weight.
13128 \begin_layout Labeling
13129 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13134 This is the Medium font series.
13135 It's also the default series.
13138 \begin_layout Labeling
13139 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13146 This is the Bold font series.
13159 \begin_layout Labeling
13160 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13165 As the name implies.
13170 \begin_layout Labeling
13171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13176 This is the Upright font shape.
13177 It's also the default shape.
13180 \begin_layout Labeling
13181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13195 s the Italic font shape
13201 \begin_layout Labeling
13202 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13209 This is the Slanted font shape
13211 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13214 \begin_layout Labeling
13215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13219 \begin_inset space ~
13226 This is the Small caps font shape
13233 \begin_layout Labeling
13234 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13239 Alters the size of the font.
13240 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13241 proportional to the document font size.
13242 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13243 what you want to do.
13248 \begin_layout Labeling
13249 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13270 arg "font-size tiny"
13276 \begin_layout Labeling
13277 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13298 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13304 \begin_layout Labeling
13305 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13326 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13332 \begin_layout Labeling
13333 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13354 arg "font-size small"
13360 \begin_layout Labeling
13361 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13375 It's also the default size.
13379 arg "font-size normal"
13385 \begin_layout Labeling
13386 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13407 arg "font-size large"
13413 \begin_layout Labeling
13414 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13435 arg "font-size larger"
13441 \begin_layout Labeling
13442 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13463 arg "font-size largest"
13469 \begin_layout Labeling
13470 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13491 arg "font-size huge"
13497 \begin_layout Labeling
13498 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13519 arg "font-size giant"
13525 \begin_layout Labeling
13526 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13531 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13551 arg "font-size increase"
13557 \begin_layout Labeling
13558 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13563 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13583 arg "font-size decrease"
13590 \begin_layout Standard
13595 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13596 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13597 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13598 — use those instead.
13599 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13602 \begin_layout Labeling
13603 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13608 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13613 \begin_layout Labeling
13614 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13621 This is text with emphasize on
13624 This might seem like the same as
13628 , but it is actually a bit different.
13634 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13636 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13639 \begin_layout Labeling
13640 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13647 This is text with Underbar on.
13653 arg "font-underline"
13659 \begin_inset Newline newline
13664 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13665 when you could not change fonts.
13666 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13667 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13671 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13674 \begin_layout Labeling
13675 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13679 \begin_inset space ~
13686 This is text with Double underbar on.
13692 arg "font-underunderline"
13696 \begin_inset Newline newline
13699 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13700 about double underbar.
13703 \begin_layout Labeling
13704 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13708 \begin_inset space ~
13715 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13721 arg "font-underwave"
13725 \begin_inset Newline newline
13728 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13729 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13732 \begin_layout Labeling
13733 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13740 This is text with Strikeout on.
13746 arg "font-strikeout"
13750 \begin_inset Newline newline
13753 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13754 changed in the meantime.
13757 \begin_layout Labeling
13758 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13765 This is text with Noun on.
13772 , this is a logical attribute.
13773 Normally it's equivalent to
13776 \begin_inset space ~
13785 \begin_layout Labeling
13786 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13791 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13792 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13796 \begin_inset space ~
13801 , which is the default
13802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13809 and means normally black, you can choose between
13842 \begin_inset Index idx
13845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13854 \begin_layout Labeling
13855 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13860 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13861 the language of the document.
13862 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13864 \begin_inset Newline newline
13867 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13868 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13869 When using the spell checking (see section
13870 \begin_inset space ~
13874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13876 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13880 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13883 \begin_layout Standard
13884 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13885 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13887 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13889 \begin_inset space ~
13894 dialog, the settings are saved.
13895 You can activate them by using the toolbar button
13898 arg "textstyle-apply"
13902 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13906 \begin_layout Standard
13907 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13914 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13915 (suppose you just set the shape to
13916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13934 \begin_inset space ~
13946 \begin_layout Standard
13947 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13955 \begin_inset space ~
13967 \begin_layout Itemize
13973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13980 font, which means every character has the same width; the
13981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13998 \begin_inset Newline newline
14002 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
14005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14016 \begin_inset Note Note
14019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14020 For more on phantoms see section
14021 \begin_inset space ~
14025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14027 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
14037 \begin_inset Newline newline
14043 \begin_layout Itemize
14048 fonts use characters with serifs.
14049 These are the small
14050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14057 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14058 The following example shows the difference:
14059 \begin_inset Newline newline
14063 \begin_inset Newline newline
14068 text without serifs
14071 \begin_inset Newline newline
14074 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14075 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14082 \begin_layout Itemize
14087 is not recommended to use a base type.
14088 This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
14089 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14092 \begin_layout Standard
14093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14100 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14101 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14102 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14104 If you for example apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that
14105 currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle
14106 and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and
14109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14124 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14125 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14133 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14137 \begin_inset space ~
14142 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14154 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14158 \begin_inset space \space{}
14162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14180 \begin_inset space ~
14185 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14194 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14197 \begin_layout Standard
14198 We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
14199 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14202 \begin_layout Section
14203 Printing and Previewing
14206 \begin_layout Subsection
14210 \begin_layout Standard
14211 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14212 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14213 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14214 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14215 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14217 Additional Features
14222 \begin_layout Standard
14223 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14224 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14225 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14226 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14227 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14228 This happens in two stages:
14231 \begin_layout Enumerate
14232 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14233 generating a file with the extension,
14234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14248 \begin_layout Enumerate
14249 Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
14253 file to produce printable output.
14257 \begin_layout Subsection
14258 Output file formats
14259 \begin_inset Index idx
14262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14271 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14279 Simple text (ASCII)
14280 \begin_inset Index idx
14283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14284 File formats ! ASCII
14292 \begin_layout Standard
14293 This file type has the extension
14294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14306 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14310 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14317 \begin_layout Standard
14318 You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
14320 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14321 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14323 \begin_inset space ~
14330 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14331 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14333 \begin_inset space ~
14337 \begin_inset space ~
14343 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14347 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14349 \begin_inset Index idx
14352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14353 File formats ! LaTeX
14361 \begin_layout Standard
14362 This file type has the extension
14363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14374 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14376 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14377 it manually with console commands.
14378 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14379 you view or export your document.
14382 \begin_layout Standard
14383 You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
14385 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14386 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14401 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14402 \begin_inset space ~
14406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14408 reference "sub:Export"
14415 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14417 \begin_inset Index idx
14420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14429 \begin_layout Standard
14430 This file type has the extension
14431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14451 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14452 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14453 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14457 \begin_layout Standard
14458 DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
14459 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14460 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14461 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14463 So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
14466 \begin_layout Standard
14467 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14469 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14470 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14475 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14476 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14478 \begin_inset space ~
14485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14495 The latter option uses the program
14504 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14505 font access (see section
14506 \begin_inset space ~
14510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14512 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14517 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14518 standard TeX processor.
14521 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14523 \begin_inset Index idx
14526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14527 File formats ! PostScript
14535 \begin_layout Standard
14536 This file type has the extension
14537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14549 PostScript was developed by the company
14553 as a printer language.
14554 The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
14556 PostScript can be seen as a
14557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14560 programming language
14561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14564 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14569 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14575 \begin_inset Index idx
14578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14579 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14589 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14592 \begin_layout Standard
14593 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14597 Encapsulated PostScript
14598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14601 (EPS, file extension
14602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14614 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14615 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14621 \begin_inset space \space{}
14625 \begin_inset space ~
14628 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14629 \begin_inset space ~
14632 conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
14633 This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
14634 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14635 EPS to avoid this problem.
14638 \begin_layout Standard
14639 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14641 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14642 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14648 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14650 \begin_inset Index idx
14653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14660 \begin_inset Index idx
14663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14672 \begin_layout Standard
14673 This file type has the extension
14674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14690 Portable Document Format
14691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14698 was derived from PostScript.
14699 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14708 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14709 looks exactly the same.
14712 \begin_layout Standard
14713 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14717 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14721 (JPG, file extension
14722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14749 Portable Network Graphics
14750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14753 (PNG, file extension
14754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14766 You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
14767 background to one of these formats.
14768 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14769 will slow down your workflow.
14770 So we recommend using images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14773 \begin_layout Standard
14774 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14776 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14782 \begin_layout Description
14784 \begin_inset space ~
14787 (ps2pdf) This uses the program
14791 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14792 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14796 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14797 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14800 \begin_layout Description
14802 \begin_inset space ~
14805 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14809 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14813 \begin_layout Description
14815 \begin_inset space ~
14818 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14822 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14825 \begin_layout Description
14827 \begin_inset space ~
14834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14841 X) This uses the program
14845 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14850 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14851 font access (see section
14852 \begin_inset space ~
14856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14858 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14863 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14864 y written Japanese.
14867 \begin_layout Description
14869 \begin_inset space ~
14876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14883 X) This uses the program
14887 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14892 is an even newer engine, derived from
14896 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14897 access (see section
14898 \begin_inset space ~
14902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14904 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14909 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14910 standard TeX processor.
14913 \begin_layout Standard
14917 \begin_inset space ~
14926 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14927 works without problems.
14928 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14929 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14933 \begin_inset space ~
14940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14952 \begin_inset space ~
14959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14968 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14976 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14978 \begin_inset Index idx
14981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14982 FileFormats ! XHTML
14988 \begin_inset Index idx
14991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15000 \begin_layout Standard
15001 This file type has the extension
15002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15014 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
15015 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them,
15016 and when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in
15017 formats suitable for the purpose.
15018 For the math output you can choose in the menu
15020 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15021 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15024 between different formats, which are described in section
15026 Math Output in XHTML
15031 \begin_inset space ~
15039 \begin_layout Standard
15040 XHTML output remains
15041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15048 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15051 LyX and the World Wide Web
15055 Additional Features
15057 manual, for more information.
15060 \begin_layout Standard
15061 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15063 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15064 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15070 \begin_layout Subsection
15072 \begin_inset Index idx
15075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15084 \begin_layout Standard
15085 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15086 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15095 or the toolbar button
15102 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15103 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15104 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15110 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15114 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15122 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15127 Further output formats can be selected via
15129 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15132 or the toolbar button
15133 \begin_inset Graphics
15134 filename ../images/view-others.png
15136 groupId toolbarbuttons
15143 \begin_layout Standard
15144 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15145 viewer window using the menu
15147 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15152 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15153 Update (Other Formats)
15158 \begin_layout Standard
15159 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15161 To have a real output, export your document.
15164 \begin_layout Subsection
15165 Printing the File from within LyX
15166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15168 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15175 \begin_layout Standard
15176 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15177 it directly from within LyX.
15178 To print a file, select the menu
15180 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15183 or click on the toolbar button
15186 arg "dialog-show print"
15190 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15191 This file is then processed by the program
15195 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15200 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15203 \begin_layout Standard
15204 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15205 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15206 printing one set to print on the other side.
15207 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15208 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15209 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15212 \begin_layout Standard
15213 You can set the parameters in the
15216 \begin_inset space ~
15224 \begin_layout Labeling
15225 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15230 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15235 Note that this printer name is for the program
15244 has to be configured for this printer name.
15245 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15246 \begin_inset space ~
15250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15252 reference "sub:Printer"
15261 The printer should understand PostScript.
15264 \begin_layout Labeling
15265 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15270 The name of a file to print to.
15271 The output will be a PostScript file.
15272 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15276 \begin_layout Section
15277 A few Words about Typography
15278 \begin_inset Index idx
15281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15290 \begin_layout Subsection
15291 Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
15292 \begin_inset Index idx
15295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15302 \begin_inset Index idx
15305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15314 \begin_layout Standard
15316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15327 character comes in four lengths: the
15339 , and the minus sign:
15340 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15346 \begin_layout Standard
15347 \begin_inset Tabular
15348 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15349 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15350 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15351 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15352 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15353 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15382 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15422 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15447 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15449 \begin_inset space ~
15452 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15459 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15484 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15486 \begin_inset space ~
15489 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15510 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15544 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15550 \begin_layout Standard
15551 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15563 character multiple times in a row.
15564 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15565 the final output, but not in LyX.
15567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15571 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15583 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15587 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15597 \begin_layout Standard
15598 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15599 math mode and has a length of its own.
15600 Here are some examples:
15603 \begin_layout Enumerate
15604 line- and page-breaks
15605 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15615 \begin_layout Enumerate
15617 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15627 \begin_layout Enumerate
15628 Oh — there's a dash.
15629 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15639 \begin_layout Enumerate
15640 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15654 \begin_layout Subsection
15656 \begin_inset Index idx
15659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15668 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15675 \begin_layout Standard
15676 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15677 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15682 \begin_inset Index idx
15685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15686 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15691 following the rules of the document language.
15694 \begin_layout Standard
15695 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15700 font and with unusual constructs, like
15701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15709 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15711 This is done with the menu
15713 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15714 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15716 \begin_inset space ~
15722 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15723 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15726 \begin_layout Standard
15727 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15728 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15738 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15746 as a hyphenation possibility.
15747 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15748 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15749 as described in section
15750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15753 Prevent Hyphenation
15754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15760 \begin_inset space ~
15768 \begin_layout Subsection
15770 \begin_inset Index idx
15773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15782 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15783 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15786 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15793 \begin_layout Standard
15794 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15795 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15796 LaTeX then adds the
15797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15800 appropriate amount of space
15801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15805 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15807 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
15808 gets after another word.
15811 \begin_layout Standard
15812 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15813 not work in all cases.
15815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15826 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15827 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15830 \begin_layout Standard
15831 Here are some examples of
15835 abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
15838 \begin_layout Itemize
15843 \begin_layout Itemize
15848 \begin_layout Standard
15849 And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15852 \begin_layout Itemize
15854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15858 this is too much space!
15861 \begin_layout Itemize
15866 \begin_layout Standard
15867 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15870 \begin_layout Standard
15871 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15874 \begin_layout Enumerate
15878 \begin_inset space ~
15883 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15884 \begin_inset space ~
15888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15890 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15895 \begin_inset Index idx
15898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15899 Spaces ! inter-word
15907 \begin_layout Enumerate
15911 \begin_inset space ~
15916 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15917 \begin_inset space ~
15921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15923 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15928 \begin_inset Index idx
15931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15940 \begin_layout Enumerate
15944 \begin_inset space ~
15948 \begin_inset space ~
15952 \begin_inset space ~
15959 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15961 \begin_inset space ~
15966 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15967 This function is also bound to
15970 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15976 \begin_layout Standard
15977 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15980 \begin_layout Itemize
15982 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15986 \begin_inset space \space{}
15989 this is too much space!
15992 \begin_layout Itemize
15993 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15997 \begin_layout Standard
15998 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15999 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
16000 will take care of this.
16003 \begin_layout Standard
16004 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
16008 \begin_inset space ~
16013 feature described in section
16019 Additional Features
16024 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16026 \begin_inset Index idx
16029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16030 Typography ! Quotes
16036 \begin_inset Index idx
16039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16070 \begin_layout Standard
16071 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16072 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16073 and use a closing quote at the end.
16075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16083 The keyboard character,
16087 , generates this automatically.
16090 \begin_layout Standard
16091 You can specify what character the
16095 key produces using the submenu
16101 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16105 \begin_inset Index idx
16108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16109 Document ! Settings
16119 There are six choices:
16122 \begin_layout Labeling
16123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16135 Use quotes like this
16136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16146 \begin_layout Labeling
16147 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16150 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16154 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16160 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16164 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16170 \begin_layout Labeling
16171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16174 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16178 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16184 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16188 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16194 \begin_layout Labeling
16195 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16198 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16202 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16208 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16212 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16218 \begin_layout Labeling
16219 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16222 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16226 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16232 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16236 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16242 \begin_layout Labeling
16243 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16246 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16250 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16256 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16260 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16266 \begin_layout Subsection
16268 \begin_inset Index idx
16271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16272 Typography ! Ligatures
16278 \begin_inset Index idx
16281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16312 name "sub:Ligatures"
16319 \begin_layout Standard
16320 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16321 print them as single characters.
16322 These groups are known as
16327 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16329 Here are the standard ligatures:
16332 \begin_layout Itemize
16336 \begin_layout Itemize
16340 \begin_layout Itemize
16344 \begin_layout Itemize
16348 \begin_layout Itemize
16352 \begin_layout Standard
16353 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16356 \begin_layout Standard
16357 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16358 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16366 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16382 To break a ligature, use
16384 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16385 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16387 \begin_inset space ~
16394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16405 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16422 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16430 \begin_layout Subsection
16432 \begin_inset Index idx
16435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16442 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16444 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16451 \begin_layout Standard
16452 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16453 characters in different sizes and heights.
16454 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16455 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16475 \begin_inset Note Note
16478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16479 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16487 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16488 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16493 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16497 \begin_layout Description
16498 LyX The name of the game, write
16499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16520 \begin_layout Description
16521 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16543 \begin_layout Description
16544 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16566 \begin_layout Description
16567 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16589 \begin_layout Standard
16590 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16595 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16603 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16604 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16605 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16608 : The actual version is
16609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16616 , the previous one was
16617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16627 \begin_layout Standard
16628 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16633 \begin_inset space \space{}
16636 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16638 This will look in LyX like:
16639 \begin_inset Graphics
16640 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16646 \begin_inset Newline newline
16649 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16650 \begin_inset space ~
16654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16656 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16663 \begin_layout Subsection
16665 \begin_inset Index idx
16668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16677 \begin_layout Standard
16678 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16679 space between two words.
16680 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16690 for units use the menu
16692 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16693 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16695 \begin_inset space ~
16703 arg "space-insert thin"
16709 \begin_layout Standard
16710 Here is an example to show the differences:
16713 \begin_layout Standard
16714 \begin_inset Tabular
16715 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16716 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16717 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16718 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16725 \begin_inset space ~
16729 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16741 space between number and unit
16748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16757 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16769 half space between number and unit
16782 \begin_layout Subsection
16784 \begin_inset Index idx
16787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16788 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16796 \begin_layout Standard
16797 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16799 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16800 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16801 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16802 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16803 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16804 These bits of text became known as
16815 \begin_layout Standard
16816 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16817 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16818 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16819 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16820 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16821 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16822 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16825 \begin_layout Standard
16826 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16827 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16828 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16829 \begin_inset space ~
16833 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16835 key "latexcompanion"
16840 \begin_inset space ~
16844 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16850 ) may have more information.
16851 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16854 \begin_layout Chapter
16855 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16858 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16865 \begin_layout Standard
16866 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16869 \begin_inset space ~
16875 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16878 \begin_layout Section
16880 \begin_inset Index idx
16883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16890 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16899 \begin_layout Standard
16900 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16903 \begin_layout Description
16905 \begin_inset space ~
16908 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16909 \begin_inset Newline newline
16913 \begin_inset Note Note
16916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16917 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16925 \begin_layout Description
16926 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
16927 a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16929 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16930 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16932 \begin_inset space ~
16938 \begin_inset Newline newline
16942 \begin_inset Note Comment
16945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16946 This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
16954 \begin_layout Description
16956 \begin_inset space ~
16959 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16960 set in the document settings under
16962 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16964 \begin_inset space ~
16970 \begin_inset Newline newline
16974 \begin_inset Newline newline
16978 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16987 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16988 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16993 of a comment that appears in the output.
16999 \begin_inset Newline newline
17003 \begin_inset Newline newline
17006 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
17007 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
17010 \begin_layout Standard
17011 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
17019 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17023 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
17026 \begin_layout Section
17028 \begin_inset Index idx
17031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17040 name "sec:Footnotes"
17047 \begin_layout Standard
17048 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17051 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17054 or the toolbar button
17057 arg "footnote-insert"
17069 \begin_inset Graphics
17070 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17079 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17108 label, the box will
17112 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17113 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17126 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
17127 and click on the footnote
17142 \begin_layout Standard
17143 Here is an example footnote:
17151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17152 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17160 \begin_layout Standard
17161 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17162 position where the footnote box is placed.
17163 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17164 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17165 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17167 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17168 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17173 ey are described in the
17176 \begin_inset space ~
17184 \begin_layout Section
17186 \begin_inset Index idx
17189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17196 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17198 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17205 \begin_layout Standard
17206 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17207 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17211 \begin_inset space ~
17216 or the toolbar button
17219 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17245 appearing within your text.
17246 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17255 \begin_layout Standard
17256 At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
17260 \begin_inset Marginal
17263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17264 This is a marginal note.
17272 \begin_layout Standard
17273 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17274 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17275 pages, right on odd pages.
17278 \begin_layout Standard
17279 For further information about marginal notes see section
17282 \begin_inset space ~
17290 \begin_inset space ~
17298 \begin_layout Section
17299 Graphics and Images
17300 \begin_inset Index idx
17303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17310 \begin_inset Index idx
17313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17320 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17322 name "sec:Graphics"
17329 \begin_layout Standard
17330 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17331 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17334 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17339 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17343 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17346 \begin_layout Standard
17347 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17352 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17353 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17355 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17356 \begin_inset space ~
17360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17362 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17369 \begin_layout Standard
17374 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17375 of the image in the output.
17376 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17380 \begin_inset space ~
17384 \begin_inset space ~
17393 \begin_inset space ~
17397 \begin_inset space ~
17401 \begin_inset space ~
17406 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17407 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17415 \begin_layout Standard
17418 LaTeX and LyX options
17420 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17421 In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17425 \begin_inset space ~
17430 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17431 with the image size is printed.
17435 \begin_inset space ~
17439 \begin_inset space ~
17443 \begin_inset space ~
17448 is explained in the
17451 \begin_inset space ~
17463 \begin_layout Standard
17464 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17465 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17467 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17471 \begin_layout Standard
17473 \begin_inset Graphics
17474 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17482 \begin_layout Standard
17483 If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
17484 the image into a float, see section
17485 \begin_inset space ~
17489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17491 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17498 \begin_layout Subsection
17500 \begin_inset Index idx
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17510 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17512 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17519 \begin_layout Standard
17520 You can insert images in any known file format.
17521 But as we explained in section
17522 \begin_inset space ~
17526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17528 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17532 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17533 LyX therefore uses the program
17537 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17538 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17539 use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17540 \begin_inset space ~
17544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17546 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17553 \begin_layout Standard
17554 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17557 \begin_layout Description
17559 \begin_inset space ~
17562 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17563 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17564 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17568 Graphics Interchange Format
17569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17572 (GIF, file extension
17573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17585 \begin_inset Index idx
17588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17620 Portable Network Graphics
17621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17624 (PNG, file extension
17625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17637 \begin_inset Index idx
17640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17672 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17676 (JPG, file extension
17677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17701 \begin_inset Index idx
17704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17735 \begin_layout Description
17737 \begin_inset space ~
17740 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17742 The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
17743 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17744 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17745 \begin_inset Newline newline
17748 Scalable image formats can be
17749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17752 Scalable Vector Graphics
17753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17756 (SVG, file extension
17757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17769 \begin_inset Index idx
17772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17804 Encapsulated PostScript
17805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17808 (EPS, file extension
17809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17821 \begin_inset Index idx
17824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17856 Portable Document Format
17857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17860 (PDF, file extension
17861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17873 \begin_inset Index idx
17876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17891 , because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
17892 result will not be scalable.
17893 In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17899 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17907 \begin_layout Standard
17908 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17912 \begin_layout Subsection
17913 Grouping of Image Settings
17914 \begin_inset Index idx
17917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17918 Images ! Settings grouping
17926 \begin_layout Standard
17927 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17929 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17930 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17932 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17933 need to manually change each of them.
17937 \begin_layout Standard
17938 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17941 \begin_inset space ~
17946 field in the Graphics dialog.
17947 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17948 by checking the name of the desired group.
17951 \begin_layout Section
17953 \begin_inset Index idx
17956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17972 \begin_layout Standard
17973 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17976 arg "tabular-insert"
17981 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17985 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17986 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17987 from the rest of the table.
17988 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17989 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17991 Here is an example table:
17994 \begin_layout Standard
17996 \begin_inset Tabular
17997 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17998 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17999 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18000 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18002 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18202 \begin_layout Subsection
18206 \begin_layout Standard
18207 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18208 brings up the table dialog.
18209 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18210 where the cursor is placed currently.
18211 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18212 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18213 done on all of your selection.
18216 \begin_layout Standard
18217 In addition to the table dialog, the
18220 \begin_inset space ~
18225 helps you in setting table properties.
18226 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18229 \begin_layout Standard
18233 \begin_inset space ~
18238 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18239 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18240 current cell respectively.
18241 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18243 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18244 of text, see section
18245 \begin_inset space ~
18249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18251 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18258 \begin_layout Standard
18259 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18260 using the check box
18269 This will merge the cells to
18273 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18274 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18275 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18276 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18277 in the last row without the upper border:
18280 \begin_layout Standard
18282 \begin_inset Tabular
18283 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18284 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18285 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18286 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18287 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18288 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18308 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18384 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18419 \begin_layout Standard
18420 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18421 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18422 explained in the tables section of the
18425 \begin_inset space ~
18431 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18435 degrees counterclockwise.
18436 These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
18439 \begin_layout Standard
18440 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18448 Most DVI-viewers are
18452 able to display rotations.
18460 \begin_layout Standard
18465 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18470 adds lines for all cell borders.
18473 \begin_layout Subsection
18475 \begin_inset Index idx
18478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18479 Tables ! Longtables
18485 \begin_inset Index idx
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18497 \begin_layout Standard
18498 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18501 \begin_inset space ~
18505 \begin_inset space ~
18514 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18515 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18518 \begin_layout Description
18523 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18524 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18525 except for the first page, if
18528 \begin_inset space ~
18536 \begin_layout Description
18540 \begin_inset space ~
18545 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18546 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18549 \begin_layout Description
18554 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18555 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18556 except for the last page, if
18559 \begin_inset space ~
18567 \begin_layout Description
18571 \begin_inset space ~
18576 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18577 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18580 \begin_layout Description
18581 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18582 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18584 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18588 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18591 \begin_inset space ~
18599 \begin_layout Standard
18600 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18601 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18602 that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18603 The others will then be defined as
18608 In this context, first means first in this order:
18611 \begin_inset space ~
18623 \begin_inset space ~
18629 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18632 \begin_layout Standard
18634 \begin_inset Tabular
18635 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18636 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18637 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18638 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18639 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18640 <row endfirsthead="true">
18641 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18647 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18652 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18661 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 <row endfirsthead="true">
18672 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18683 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18692 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18704 <row endhead="true">
18705 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18716 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18725 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18735 <row endhead="true">
18736 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18747 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18756 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18768 <row endfoot="true">
18769 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18780 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18789 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18820 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19761 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19770 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19779 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19790 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19821 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19852 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19883 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19914 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19945 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19976 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20007 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20038 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20069 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20100 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20131 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20162 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20193 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20224 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20255 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20286 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20317 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20348 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20379 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20410 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20441 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20472 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20503 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20534 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20565 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20596 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20627 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20658 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20689 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20720 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20750 <row endlastfoot="true">
20751 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20762 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20771 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20788 \begin_layout Subsection
20790 \begin_inset Index idx
20793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20800 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20802 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20809 \begin_layout Standard
20810 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20811 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20812 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20813 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20817 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20818 for the cell's paragraph.
20821 \begin_layout Standard
20822 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20823 for the column in the table dialog.
20824 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20825 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20829 \begin_layout Standard
20831 \begin_inset Tabular
20832 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20833 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20834 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20835 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20836 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20856 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20925 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20981 This is longer now.
20986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21037 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21038 This is longer now.
21043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21069 \begin_layout Standard
21070 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21071 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21076 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21077 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21083 Selection with the mouse or with
21087 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21088 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21089 the selection from outside the table.
21092 \begin_layout Section
21094 \begin_inset Index idx
21097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21113 \begin_layout Subsection
21117 \begin_layout Standard
21118 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21119 have a fixed location.
21121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21128 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21136 \begin_inset space ~
21141 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21142 too many notes on the page.
21145 \begin_layout Standard
21146 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21147 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21148 and pages without text.
21149 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21150 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21151 Floats are therefore numbered.
21152 Referencing is described in section
21153 \begin_inset space ~
21157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21159 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21166 \begin_layout Standard
21167 To insert a float, use the menu
21169 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21173 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21174 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21176 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21177 \begin_inset Index idx
21180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21186 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21187 paragraph within the float.
21188 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21189 by left-clicking on the box label.
21190 A closed float box looks like this:
21191 \begin_inset Graphics
21192 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21197 – a gray button with a red label.
21200 \begin_layout Standard
21201 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21202 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21205 \begin_layout Subsection
21209 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21213 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21218 \begin_inset Index idx
21221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21222 Floats ! Figure floats
21230 \begin_layout Standard
21232 \begin_inset space ~
21236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21238 reference "cap:Platypus"
21242 was created using the menu
21244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21245 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21248 or the toolbar button
21251 arg "float-insert figure"
21255 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21258 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21261 or the toolbar button
21264 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21268 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21269 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21271 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21273 \begin_inset space ~
21278 or the toolbar button
21281 arg "layout-paragraph"
21287 \begin_layout Standard
21288 \begin_inset Float figure
21293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21295 \begin_inset Graphics
21296 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21306 \begin_inset Caption
21308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21311 name "cap:Platypus"
21315 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21328 \begin_layout Standard
21329 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21331 As described in section
21332 \begin_inset space ~
21336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21338 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21342 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21347 or the toolbar button
21353 and refer to it using the menu
21355 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21358 or the toolbar button
21361 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21365 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21374 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21386 \begin_layout Standard
21387 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21388 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21389 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21390 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21391 as described in section
21392 \begin_inset space ~
21396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21398 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21404 \begin_inset space ~
21408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21410 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21414 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21415 You can also set the images one below the other.
21417 \begin_inset space ~
21421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21423 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21430 reference "fig:Platypus"
21434 are the subfigures.
21437 \begin_layout Standard
21438 \begin_inset Float figure
21443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21444 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21448 \begin_inset Float figure
21453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21454 \begin_inset Caption
21456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21457 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21459 name "fig:Undefinable"
21471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21472 \begin_inset Graphics
21473 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21484 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21488 \begin_inset Float figure
21493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21494 \begin_inset Caption
21496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21497 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21499 name "fig:Platypus"
21511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21512 \begin_inset Graphics
21513 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21525 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21532 \begin_inset Caption
21534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21537 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21541 Two distorted images.
21554 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21556 \begin_inset Index idx
21559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21560 Floats ! Table floats
21568 \begin_layout Standard
21569 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21571 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21572 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21575 or the toolbar button
21578 arg "float-insert table"
21582 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21585 \begin_inset space ~
21589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21591 reference "tab:Table-float"
21598 \begin_layout Standard
21599 \begin_inset Float table
21604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21605 \begin_inset Caption
21607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21610 name "tab:Table-float"
21622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21624 \begin_inset Tabular
21625 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21626 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21627 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21628 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21629 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21756 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21777 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21780 \end{array}\right]$
21788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21801 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21822 \begin_layout Subsection
21824 \begin_inset Index idx
21827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21836 \begin_layout Standard
21837 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21838 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21839 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21841 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21849 \begin_inset space ~
21857 \begin_layout Section
21859 \begin_inset Index idx
21862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21869 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21871 name "sec:Minipages"
21878 \begin_layout Standard
21879 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21881 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21882 \begin_inset space ~
21889 \begin_layout Standard
21890 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21892 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21896 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21897 and its alignment within the page.
21900 \begin_layout Standard
21902 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21912 height_special "totalheight"
21915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21918 This is a minipage.
21919 The text is set in an italic style.
21922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21925 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21926 another formatting.
21934 \begin_layout Standard
21935 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21938 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21942 as described in section
21943 \begin_inset space ~
21947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21949 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21954 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21960 \begin_layout Standard
21961 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21971 height_special "totalheight"
21974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21975 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21976 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21982 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21986 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21996 height_special "totalheight"
21999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22000 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22001 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22009 \begin_layout Standard
22010 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22016 \begin_layout Standard
22017 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22018 to other box types.
22019 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22026 \begin_inset space ~
22034 \begin_layout Chapter
22035 Mathematical Formulas
22036 \begin_inset Index idx
22039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22046 \begin_inset Index idx
22049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22078 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22080 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22087 \begin_layout Standard
22088 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22093 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22096 \begin_layout Section
22098 \begin_inset Index idx
22101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22110 \begin_layout Standard
22111 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22118 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22120 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22121 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22122 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22124 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22130 \begin_layout Standard
22131 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22135 \begin_inset space ~
22140 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22143 \begin_layout Standard
22144 There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
22145 Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
22148 \begin_layout Standard
22149 This is a line with an inline formula
22150 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22156 \begin_layout Standard
22157 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
22158 paragraph, like this one:
22159 \begin_inset Formula
22166 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22169 \begin_layout Standard
22170 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22176 \begin_inset space \space{}
22180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22193 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22194 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22198 Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22201 \begin_inset space ~
22209 \begin_layout Subsection
22210 Navigating in Formulas
22211 \begin_inset Index idx
22214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22223 \begin_layout Standard
22224 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22225 achieved with the arrow keys.
22226 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22227 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22232 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22233 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22237 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22241 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22244 \end{array}\right]$
22252 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22257 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22258 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22261 \begin_layout Standard
22266 , printed in this document as
22267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22288 \begin_inset Note Note
22291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22292 This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
22293 the space character (visible space).
22298 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22299 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22300 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22305 For example, if you want
22306 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22360 , since in the latter case only the
22363 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22368 will be under the square root sign:
22369 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22375 \begin_layout Standard
22376 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22378 \begin_inset Formula
22380 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22389 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22390 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22393 \begin_layout Subsection
22397 \begin_layout Standard
22398 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22399 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22403 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22404 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22405 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22406 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22407 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22410 \begin_layout Subsection
22411 Exponents and Subscripts
22412 \begin_inset Index idx
22415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22422 \begin_inset Index idx
22425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22434 \begin_layout Standard
22435 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
22438 arg "math-superscript"
22444 arg "math-subscript"
22447 ), but the much easier way is to use a command.
22449 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22452 , type in a formula
22458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22474 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22480 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22484 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22505 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22514 , you have to use an extra
22518 to separate the hat and the character.
22520 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22524 \begin_inset space \space{}
22528 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22549 Subscripts are similar: To get
22550 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22573 \begin_layout Subsection
22575 \begin_inset Index idx
22578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22587 \begin_layout Standard
22588 Create a fraction with either the command
22597 arg "math-insert \\frac"
22603 \begin_inset space ~
22609 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22610 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22611 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22616 To move back up, press
22621 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22622 \begin_inset Formula
22624 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22627 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22635 \begin_layout Subsection
22637 \begin_inset Index idx
22640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22649 \begin_layout Standard
22650 Roots can be created using the
22653 \begin_inset space ~
22661 arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
22667 arg "math-insert \\root"
22689 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22695 produces always a square root.
22698 \begin_layout Subsection
22699 Operators with Limits
22700 \begin_inset Index idx
22703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22710 \begin_inset Index idx
22713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22720 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22722 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22729 \begin_layout Standard
22731 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22735 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22738 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22739 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22740 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22741 The sum operator will automatically place its
22742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22749 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22752 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22756 \begin_inset Formula
22758 \sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22763 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22767 \begin_layout Standard
22768 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22770 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22771 behind the operator and hitting
22779 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22780 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22782 \begin_inset space ~
22786 \begin_inset space ~
22794 \begin_layout Standard
22795 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22803 feature as addition, such as
22804 \begin_inset Index idx
22807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22814 \begin_inset Formula
22816 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22821 which will place the
22822 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22834 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22835 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22841 \begin_layout Standard
22842 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22849 Have a look at section
22850 \begin_inset space ~
22854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22856 reference "sub:Functions"
22860 for an explanation of function macros.
22863 \begin_layout Subsection
22865 \begin_inset Index idx
22868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22877 \begin_layout Standard
22878 Most math symbols can be found in the
22881 \begin_inset space ~
22886 under one of several categories; including
22903 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22907 \begin_layout Standard
22908 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22909 you don't have to use the
22912 \begin_inset space ~
22917 ; you can type the command directly into the formula.
22918 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22921 \begin_layout Subsection
22923 \begin_inset Index idx
22926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22935 \begin_layout Standard
22936 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22941 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
22947 \begin_inset space ~
22957 arg "math-insert \\space"
22963 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22964 For example, the sequence
22969 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22973 \begin_inset Graphics
22974 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22979 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22980 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22981 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22982 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22984 Here are two examples:
22987 \begin_layout Standard
22997 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23003 \begin_layout Standard
23013 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23019 \begin_layout Subsection
23021 \begin_inset Index idx
23024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23031 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23033 name "sub:Functions"
23040 \begin_layout Standard
23044 \begin_inset space ~
23049 contains under the button
23054 arg "math-insert \\functions"
23059 a number of function macros, such as
23060 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23064 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23072 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23079 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23080 avoid confusions, because
23081 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23085 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23091 \begin_layout Standard
23092 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23094 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23098 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23104 \begin_layout Standard
23105 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23106 s are placed, as described in section
23107 \begin_inset space ~
23111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23113 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23120 \begin_layout Subsection
23122 \begin_inset Index idx
23125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23134 \begin_layout Standard
23135 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23137 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23138 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23143 \begin_inset space \space{}
23147 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23150 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23151 Our example is entered by typing
23159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23172 \begin_inset space ~
23176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23178 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23182 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23185 \begin_layout Standard
23186 \begin_inset Float table
23191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23192 \begin_inset Caption
23194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23197 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23201 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23211 \begin_inset Tabular
23212 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23213 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23214 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23215 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23216 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23300 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23354 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23408 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23462 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23516 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23570 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23624 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23678 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23732 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23777 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23798 \begin_layout Standard
23799 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23802 \begin_inset space ~
23810 arg "math-insert \\hat"
23813 in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23817 \begin_layout Section
23818 Brackets and Delimiters
23819 \begin_inset Index idx
23822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23829 \begin_inset Index idx
23832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23839 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23841 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23848 \begin_layout Standard
23849 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23850 For some purposes, using just the keys
23855 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23856 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23857 toolbar delimiter icon
23860 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23864 For example, that is how you would construct the brackets around a matrix:
23865 \begin_inset Formula
23867 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23875 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
23876 Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
23880 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23883 and the expression on the right was entered using the
23889 \begin_inset Formula
23891 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
23899 \begin_layout Standard
23900 If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
23901 that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
23905 \begin_layout Standard
23906 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23907 left side and right side.
23908 If you use the option
23911 \begin_inset space ~
23916 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23917 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23918 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23919 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23922 \begin_layout Standard
23923 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23924 you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to
23925 go inside the brackets.
23926 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23931 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23932 The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
23933 braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
23934 For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select
23935 the structure and enter
23938 arg "math-delim ( )"
23944 \begin_layout Section
23945 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23946 \begin_inset Index idx
23949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23956 \begin_inset Index idx
23959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23966 \begin_inset Index idx
23969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23970 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23978 \begin_layout Standard
23979 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23982 \begin_inset space ~
23992 arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
23998 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23999 Here is an example:
24000 \begin_inset Formula
24002 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24011 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24012 \begin_inset space ~
24016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24018 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24023 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24024 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24025 This alignment is set in the box
24030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24078 for every column as default.
24079 For example, the sequence
24080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24091 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24092 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24093 corresponds to the relevant column.
24094 The result will look like this:
24095 \begin_inset Formula
24098 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24099 column & has & has\, right\\
24100 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24109 \begin_layout Standard
24110 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24113 arg "newline-insert newline"
24116 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24117 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24119 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24122 or the math toolbar.
24125 \begin_layout Standard
24126 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24127 It can be created with the menu
24129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24130 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24132 \begin_inset space ~
24144 Here is an example:
24145 \begin_inset Formula
24159 \begin_layout Standard
24160 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24163 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24166 arg "newline-insert newline"
24170 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24175 arg "newline-insert newline"
24178 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24186 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24187 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24188 A new row is created by every further hit of
24191 arg "newline-insert newline"
24195 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24196 Here is an example:
24197 \begin_inset Formula
24199 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24200 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24205 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
24206 in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24207 \begin_inset Formula
24209 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24217 \begin_layout Standard
24218 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24225 There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
24226 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
24227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24229 reference "eq:asquared"
24234 The other types are described in section
24235 \begin_inset space ~
24239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24241 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24248 \begin_layout Section
24249 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24250 \begin_inset Index idx
24253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24254 Math ! Formula numbering
24260 \begin_inset Index idx
24263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24264 Math ! Referencing formulas
24270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24272 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24279 \begin_layout Standard
24280 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24282 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24283 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24285 \begin_inset space ~
24293 arg "math-number-toggle"
24297 The formula number appears in LyX as
24298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24305 within parentheses.
24307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24314 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24316 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24317 the document class.
24318 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24319 separated by a dot:
24320 \begin_inset Formula
24330 arg "math-number-toggle"
24333 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24334 You can only number displayed formulas.
24337 \begin_layout Standard
24338 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24340 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24341 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24343 \begin_inset space ~
24347 \begin_inset space ~
24351 \begin_inset space ~
24359 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24362 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24363 \begin_inset Formula
24366 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24372 To number all lines use the shortcut
24375 arg "math-number-toggle"
24381 \begin_layout Standard
24382 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24385 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24386 A label is inserted with the menu
24388 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24391 when the cursor is in the formula.
24392 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24393 It is recommended to use the proposed
24394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24405 as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
24406 label type when you have many labels in your document.
24407 We inserted in the following example the label
24408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24415 in the second line:
24416 \begin_inset Formula
24418 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24419 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24424 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24425 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24435 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24439 \begin_inset space ~
24445 A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
24446 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
24447 as the formula number:
24450 \begin_layout Standard
24451 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24454 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24461 \begin_layout Standard
24462 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24463 \begin_inset space ~
24467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24469 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24474 To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
24482 \begin_layout Section
24483 User defined math macros
24484 \begin_inset Index idx
24487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24496 \begin_layout Standard
24497 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24498 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24499 Math macros are explained in section
24502 \begin_inset space ~
24514 \begin_layout Section
24518 \begin_layout Subsection
24520 \begin_inset Index idx
24523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24532 \begin_layout Standard
24533 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24534 To set a font in a formula, use the
24537 \begin_inset space ~
24547 arg "math-insert \\font"
24552 , or enter its command, listed in table
24553 \begin_inset space ~
24557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24559 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24566 \begin_layout Standard
24567 \begin_inset Float table
24572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24573 \begin_inset Caption
24575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24578 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24582 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24592 \begin_inset Tabular
24593 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24594 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24595 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24596 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24628 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24655 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24682 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24715 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24742 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24769 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24803 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24830 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24864 \begin_layout Standard
24865 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24873 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24889 \begin_layout Standard
24890 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24891 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24896 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24897 space when you need a space in the box.
24898 Here is an example where
24899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24910 denotes the set of numbers:
24911 \begin_inset Formula
24913 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24921 \begin_layout Standard
24922 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24924 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24928 \begin_inset space \space{}
24940 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24944 \begin_inset Newline newline
24947 So it is better not to use this feature.
24950 \begin_layout Standard
24951 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24952 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24956 \begin_inset Newline newline
24959 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24965 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24966 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24972 \begin_layout Standard
24979 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24982 \begin_layout Standard
24983 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24985 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24986 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24988 \begin_inset space ~
24996 \begin_layout Subsection
24998 \begin_inset Index idx
25001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25010 \begin_layout Standard
25011 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25013 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25017 \begin_inset space ~
25021 \begin_inset space ~
25029 \begin_inset space ~
25039 arg "math-insert \\font"
25051 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25052 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25053 Here is an example:
25054 \begin_inset Formula
25057 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25058 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25067 \begin_layout Subsection
25069 \begin_inset Index idx
25072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25081 \begin_layout Standard
25082 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25083 automatically chosen in most situations.
25101 For most characters,
25109 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25110 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25115 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25116 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25118 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25123 arg "math-insert \\style"
25129 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25130 For example, you can set
25131 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25134 , which is normally in
25143 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25147 The four styles are used in the following example:
25150 \begin_layout Standard
25151 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25155 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25159 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25163 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25169 \begin_layout Standard
25170 All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
25171 is set in a particular size with the menu
25173 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25175 \begin_inset space ~
25180 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25181 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25182 will be adjusted to correspond.
25183 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25194 \begin_layout Standard
25198 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25204 \begin_layout Section
25208 \begin_layout Standard
25209 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25210 the document classes and into layout modules.
25211 \begin_inset Index idx
25214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25220 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25221 other than the AMS classes.
25223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25225 reference "sub:Modules"
25229 for more on layout modules.
25232 \begin_layout Section
25234 \begin_inset Index idx
25237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25244 \begin_inset Index idx
25247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25256 \begin_layout Standard
25257 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25258 (AMS) that are in common use.
25261 \begin_layout Subsection
25262 Enabling AMS-Support
25265 \begin_layout Standard
25266 Selecting the checkbox
25269 \begin_inset space ~
25273 \begin_inset space ~
25277 \begin_inset space ~
25284 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25288 \begin_inset Index idx
25291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25292 Document ! Settings
25300 \begin_inset space ~
25305 will include the AMS-packages in the document and make the facilities available.
25306 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25307 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25310 \begin_layout Subsection
25312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25314 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25319 \begin_inset Index idx
25322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25323 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25331 \begin_layout Standard
25332 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25333 LyX allows you to choose between
25354 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25357 \begin_layout Chapter
25361 \begin_layout Section
25363 \begin_inset Index idx
25366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25375 name "sec:Cross-References"
25382 \begin_layout Standard
25383 One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
25384 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25386 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25387 The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
25388 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25391 \begin_layout Enumerate
25395 \begin_layout Enumerate
25396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25398 name "enu:Second-item"
25405 \begin_layout Enumerate
25409 \begin_layout Standard
25410 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25412 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25415 or by pressing the toolbar button
25422 A gray label box like this:
25423 \begin_inset Graphics
25424 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25429 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25430 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25465 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25470 \begin_inset space \space{}
25473 if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will
25475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25489 \begin_layout Standard
25490 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25492 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25495 or the toolbar button
25498 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25502 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25503 \begin_inset Graphics
25504 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25509 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25511 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25524 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25528 \begin_layout Standard
25531 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25534 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25539 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25540 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25542 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25554 \begin_layout Standard
25555 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25556 \begin_inset space ~
25560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25562 reference "enu:Second-item"
25569 \begin_layout Standard
25570 It is recommended to use a protected space
25574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25575 described in section
25576 \begin_inset space ~
25580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25582 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25591 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25592 line breaks between them.
25595 \begin_layout Standard
25596 There are six formats of cross-references:
25599 \begin_layout Description
25600 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25603 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25610 \begin_layout Description
25611 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25612 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25624 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25631 \begin_layout Description
25632 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25633 \begin_inset space ~
25637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25638 LatexCommand pageref
25639 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25646 \begin_layout Description
25648 \begin_inset space ~
25652 \begin_inset space ~
25655 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25657 LatexCommand vpageref
25658 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25665 \begin_layout Description
25667 \begin_inset space ~
25671 \begin_inset space ~
25675 \begin_inset space ~
25678 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25681 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25688 \begin_layout Description
25690 \begin_inset space ~
25693 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25694 \begin_inset Newline newline
25698 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25706 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25715 \begin_inset Index idx
25718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25719 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25725 \begin_inset Index idx
25728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25729 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25740 \begin_inset Newline newline
25743 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25746 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25750 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25751 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25759 is the default and preferred because
25763 supports only English documents.
25764 The format is specified by using the command
25776 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25777 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25790 ) can be done with this command
25791 \begin_inset Newline newline
25798 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25803 \begin_inset Newline newline
25806 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25808 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25810 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25817 \begin_layout Description
25819 \begin_inset space ~
25822 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25824 LatexCommand nameref
25825 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25832 \begin_layout Standard
25837 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25844 \begin_inset space \space{}
25848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25862 <reference> on page <page>
25864 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25867 \begin_layout Standard
25868 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25869 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25870 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25874 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25878 \begin_layout Standard
25879 You can only use the style
25883 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25887 is always possible.
25890 \begin_layout Standard
25891 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25892 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25894 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25895 \begin_inset space ~
25899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25901 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25908 \begin_layout Standard
25909 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25913 \begin_inset space ~
25917 \begin_inset space ~
25922 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25923 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25926 \begin_inset space ~
25931 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25932 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25935 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25941 \begin_layout Standard
25942 You can change labels at any time.
25943 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25944 do not need to think about this.
25947 \begin_layout Standard
25948 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25949 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25952 \begin_layout Standard
25953 References are described in detail in sec.
25954 \begin_inset space ~
25958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25968 \begin_inset space ~
25976 \begin_layout Section
25977 Table of Contents and other Listings
25978 \begin_inset Index idx
25981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25988 \begin_inset Index idx
25991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25998 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26007 \begin_layout Subsection
26009 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26011 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26018 \begin_layout Standard
26019 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26021 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26022 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26024 \begin_inset space ~
26028 \begin_inset space ~
26034 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26035 If you click on it, the
26039 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
26040 to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
26041 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26043 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26046 that is described in sec.
26047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26053 reference "sec:Navigating"
26060 \begin_layout Standard
26061 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26062 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26064 \begin_inset space ~
26068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26070 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26074 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26076 \begin_inset space ~
26080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26082 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26086 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26088 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26091 \begin_layout Subsection
26092 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26093 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26095 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26102 \begin_layout Standard
26103 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26104 You can insert them via the
26106 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26108 \begin_inset space ~
26112 \begin_inset space ~
26118 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26121 \begin_layout Section
26122 URLs and Hyperlinks
26123 \begin_inset Index idx
26126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26133 \begin_inset Index idx
26136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26145 \begin_layout Subsection
26147 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26156 \begin_layout Standard
26157 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26159 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26165 \begin_layout Standard
26166 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26167 \begin_inset Flex URL
26170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26180 \begin_layout Standard
26181 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26187 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26191 \begin_layout Standard
26192 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26200 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26208 \begin_layout Subsection
26210 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26212 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26219 \begin_layout Standard
26220 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26222 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26225 or with the toolbar button
26232 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26241 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26242 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26243 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26245 name "LyX's homepage"
26246 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26250 , an Email address like this:
26251 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26253 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26254 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26259 , or a link to a file.
26262 \begin_layout Standard
26263 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
26265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26276 to the link target.
26279 \begin_layout Standard
26280 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26281 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26282 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26283 the text style dialog.
26284 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26288 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26290 name "LyX's homepage"
26291 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26298 \begin_layout Standard
26299 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26303 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26305 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26306 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26310 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26312 \begin_inset Newline newline
26320 \begin_inset Newline newline
26327 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26330 \begin_layout Section
26332 \begin_inset Index idx
26335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26342 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26344 name "sec:Appendices"
26351 \begin_layout Standard
26352 Appendices are created with the menu
26354 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26356 \begin_inset space ~
26360 \begin_inset space ~
26366 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26367 as the appendix region.
26368 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26371 \begin_layout Standard
26372 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26373 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26374 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26375 and the subsection number.
26376 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26380 \begin_layout Standard
26382 \begin_inset space ~
26386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26388 reference "cha:Credits"
26393 \begin_inset space ~
26397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26399 reference "sub:Export"
26406 \begin_layout Section
26408 \begin_inset Index idx
26411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26420 name "sec:Bibliography"
26427 \begin_layout Standard
26428 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26429 You can include a bibliography database,
26433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26434 Known under the name
26435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26447 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26448 manually, using the paragraph environment
26452 , which was described in section
26453 \begin_inset space ~
26457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26459 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26464 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26465 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26469 use a bibliography database.
26472 \begin_layout Subsection
26473 The Bibliography Environment
26476 \begin_layout Standard
26481 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26483 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26492 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26494 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26503 , a short form of its title, as the key.
26506 \begin_layout Standard
26507 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26509 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26512 or the toolbar button
26515 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26519 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26520 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26521 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26522 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26526 \begin_layout Standard
26527 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26528 entry with surrounding brackets.
26533 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26534 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26546 \begin_layout Standard
26549 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26552 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26554 key "latexcompanion"
26561 \begin_layout Standard
26562 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26563 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26572 \begin_layout Subsection
26573 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26574 \begin_inset Index idx
26577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26578 Bibliography ! Databases
26584 \begin_inset Index idx
26587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26588 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26594 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26596 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26603 \begin_layout Standard
26604 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26610 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26612 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26613 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26618 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26620 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26621 your working field in a database.
26622 This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
26623 the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
26624 list for that document.
26625 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26629 \begin_layout Standard
26630 The database is a text file with the file extension
26631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26642 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26643 The format is explained in
26644 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26650 and in LaTeX books (
26651 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26653 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26658 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26659 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26660 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26661 \begin_inset Flex URL
26664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26666 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26674 \begin_layout Standard
26675 To use a database, use the menu
26677 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26682 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26695 \begin_inset space ~
26701 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26702 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26705 Add bibliography to TOC
26707 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26712 drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
26713 in the document or just the cited references.
26716 \begin_layout Standard
26717 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26729 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26730 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26731 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26733 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26739 For information on how this is done, have a look at
26740 \begin_inset Newline newline
26744 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26746 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26758 \begin_layout Standard
26759 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26762 \begin_layout Standard
26763 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26764 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the processor
26765 either in the document settings under
26769 or in LyX's preferences under
26771 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26786 The following variants are possible:
26789 \begin_layout Description
26790 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26791 other bibliography packages (like e.
26792 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26796 \begin_inset space ~
26803 ), only with the package
26807 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26811 \begin_layout Description
26812 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26813 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26814 with all bibliography packages, except of
26819 \begin_layout Description
26820 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26825 , works with all bibliography packages
26828 \begin_layout Standard
26829 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26831 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26837 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26846 \begin_layout Standard
26847 When you select the option
26849 Sectioned bibliography
26853 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26856 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26857 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26859 Customizing Bibliographies
26867 Additional Features
26872 \begin_layout Standard
26873 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26874 the two methods of creating them.
26875 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26876 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26877 We used the style file
26881 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26884 \begin_layout Subsection
26885 Bibliography layout
26886 \begin_inset Index idx
26889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26890 Bibliography ! Layout
26898 \begin_layout Standard
26899 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26900 For this feature you need to enable the option
26906 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26910 \begin_inset Index idx
26913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26914 Document ! Settings
26924 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26925 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26926 in the previous section.
26929 \begin_layout Standard
26930 You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
26931 the citation reference window.
26932 Here is an example where the text
26933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26937 \begin_inset space ~
26941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26944 appears after the reference:
26947 \begin_layout Standard
26949 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26952 key "latexcompanion"
26959 \begin_layout Section
26961 \begin_inset Index idx
26964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26980 \begin_layout Standard
26981 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26983 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26985 \begin_inset space ~
26990 or the toolbar button
26997 A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26998 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26999 by LyX as the index entry.
27002 \begin_layout Standard
27003 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27005 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27007 \begin_inset space ~
27011 \begin_inset space ~
27014 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27016 \begin_inset space ~
27022 A light blue box labeled
27023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27034 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27035 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27038 \begin_layout Standard
27039 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27040 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27042 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27044 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27051 \begin_layout Subsection
27052 Grouping Index Entries
27053 \begin_inset Index idx
27056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27065 \begin_layout Standard
27066 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27068 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27069 lists under the entry
27070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27078 First we create the entry
27079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27087 \begin_inset space ~
27091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27093 reference "sub:Lists"
27098 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27099 \begin_inset space ~
27103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27105 reference "sec:Itemize"
27109 , we insert the command
27112 \begin_layout Standard
27118 \begin_layout Standard
27122 \begin_layout Standard
27128 \begin_layout Standard
27129 for the enumerated list in section
27130 \begin_inset space ~
27134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27136 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27143 \begin_layout Standard
27144 The exclamation mark
27145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27152 marks the grouping levels.
27153 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27154 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27155 If we don't have an index entry for
27156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27163 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27166 \begin_layout Subsection
27168 \begin_inset Index idx
27171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27172 Index ! Page ranges
27180 \begin_layout Standard
27181 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27183 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27189 \begin_inset space \space{}
27192 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27194 \begin_inset space ~
27198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27200 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27207 \begin_layout Standard
27210 Paragraph environments|(
27213 \begin_layout Standard
27214 and another entry at the end of section
27215 \begin_inset space ~
27219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27221 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27228 \begin_layout Standard
27231 Paragraph environments|)
27234 \begin_layout Standard
27236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27259 respectively start and end the index range.
27260 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27261 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27262 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27263 An example is the index entry
27264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27267 Document ! Settings
27268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27274 \begin_layout Subsection
27276 \begin_inset Index idx
27279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27280 Index ! Cross referencing
27288 \begin_layout Standard
27289 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27290 We referred for example in the index entry
27291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27299 \begin_inset space ~
27303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27305 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27309 ) to the index entry
27310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27317 in the same section using the entry
27320 \begin_layout Standard
27323 GIF|see{Image formats}
27326 \begin_layout Standard
27327 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27328 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27329 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27332 \begin_layout Subsection
27334 \begin_inset Index idx
27337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27338 Index ! Entry order
27346 \begin_layout Standard
27347 If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
27348 follow the rules for the index order.
27349 The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX
27353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27354 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27356 \begin_inset space ~
27360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27362 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27371 does not know how to sort accents in different languages.
27372 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27397 \begin_inset Index idx
27400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27401 Dummy entries ! maïs
27407 \begin_inset Index idx
27410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27411 Dummy entries ! maître
27417 \begin_inset Index idx
27420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27421 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27426 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order
27427 maïs, maison, maître.
27428 To achieve this, we use the command
27431 \begin_layout Standard
27434 previous entry@current entry
27437 \begin_layout Standard
27438 In our case we want to have
27439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27454 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27457 \begin_layout Standard
27463 \begin_layout Standard
27464 The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
27465 You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
27466 See the next subsection for an example.
27469 \begin_layout Standard
27470 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27476 \begin_layout Standard
27477 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27482 to generate the index (see sec.
27483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27489 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27498 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27506 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27510 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27511 index commands start with
27512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27524 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27529 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27532 \begin_layout Standard
27544 \begin_layout Standard
27556 \begin_layout Subsection
27558 \begin_inset Index idx
27561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27562 Index ! Entry layout
27570 \begin_layout Standard
27571 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27572 \begin_inset Index idx
27575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27578 This is an italic dummy entry
27583 You can also format the page number using the character
27584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27591 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27592 We can write for example
27595 \begin_layout Standard
27598 italic page number:|textit
27601 \begin_layout Standard
27602 to get the page number in italic.
27603 \begin_inset Index idx
27606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27607 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27612 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27630 \begin_inset space ~
27636 Have a look at section
27637 \begin_inset space ~
27641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27643 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27647 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27650 \begin_layout Standard
27651 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27659 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27663 to generate the index, see sec.
27664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27670 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27679 , this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27684 requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
27685 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27688 key "latexcompanion"
27700 \begin_layout Standard
27701 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27703 Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27704 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27705 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27706 If so, put the following in the preamble
27709 \begin_layout Standard
27721 \begin_layout Standard
27725 \begin_layout Standard
27731 \begin_layout Standard
27732 in the index entry.
27733 \begin_inset Index idx
27736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27737 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27742 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27743 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27744 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27748 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27750 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27754 \begin_inset space \space{}
27757 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27758 for all index entries.
27759 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27771 documentation for details,
27772 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27774 key "makeindex,xindy"
27781 \begin_layout Subsection
27783 \begin_inset Index idx
27786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27795 name "sub:Index-Program"
27802 \begin_layout Standard
27803 If the index entry program
27807 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27811 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27820 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27821 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27822 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27823 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27824 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27834 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27835 dialog, see section
27836 \begin_inset space ~
27840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27842 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27847 The available options are listed and explained in
27848 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27850 key "makeindex,xindy"
27855 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27859 \begin_layout Standard
27860 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27861 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27864 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27865 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27869 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27870 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27873 \begin_layout Subsection
27877 \begin_layout Standard
27878 In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
27879 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27887 next to the standard index.
27888 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27889 packages that add this feature.
27895 \begin_inset Index idx
27898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27899 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27904 package to generate multiple indexes.
27905 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27906 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27907 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27914 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27915 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27916 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27919 \begin_layout Standard
27920 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27922 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27923 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27930 Use multiple Indexes
27931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27935 Note that the list of
27936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27943 below already contains the standard index.
27944 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27945 also appear as a heading) to the
27946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27953 input field and press the
27954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27962 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27963 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27964 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27968 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27974 The label color may help you to differentiate between index entries of
27975 different indexes in the LyX work area.
27978 \begin_layout Standard
27979 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27982 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27984 \begin_inset space ~
27988 \begin_inset space ~
27997 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27998 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27999 are some additional features:
28002 \begin_layout Itemize
28003 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28004 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28007 \begin_layout Itemize
28008 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28009 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28018 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28023 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28024 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28025 to the non-subindexes.
28028 \begin_layout Section
28029 Nomenclature / Glossary
28030 \begin_inset Index idx
28033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28040 \begin_inset Index idx
28043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28074 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28081 \begin_layout Standard
28082 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28083 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28087 \begin_layout Standard
28088 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28093 \begin_inset Index idx
28096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28097 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28103 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28104 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28110 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28113 \begin_layout Standard
28114 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28115 and then use the menu
28117 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28123 \begin_inset space ~
28128 or the toolbar button
28131 arg "nomencl-insert"
28136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28147 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28150 \begin_layout Standard
28151 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28152 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28153 The second is the description of the symbol.
28156 \begin_layout Standard
28157 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28165 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28173 \begin_layout Subsection
28174 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28175 \begin_inset Index idx
28178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28179 Nomenclature ! Layout
28187 \begin_layout Standard
28188 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28192 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28198 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28206 \begin_inset Newline newline
28214 \begin_inset Newline newline
28220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28227 character starts/ends the formula.
28228 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28240 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28250 \begin_layout Standard
28251 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28252 \begin_inset space ~
28256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28258 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28265 \begin_layout Standard
28269 \begin_inset space ~
28274 dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
28275 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28280 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28287 in this document is:
28288 \begin_inset Newline newline
28293 dummy entry for the character
28298 \begin_inset Newline newline
28310 \begin_inset space ~
28320 font use the command
28349 \begin_layout Subsection
28350 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28351 \begin_inset Index idx
28354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28355 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28363 \begin_layout Standard
28364 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28365 the symbol definition.
28366 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28367 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28370 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28371 LatexCommand nomenclature
28373 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28380 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28384 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28385 LatexCommand nomenclature
28388 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28393 They will be sorted by
28394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28420 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28423 will be sorted before the
28427 since the character
28428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28435 is considered in sorting.
28438 \begin_layout Standard
28439 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28442 \begin_inset space ~
28447 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28448 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28450 For the example given, you can insert
28454 in this field for the
28455 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28462 will be located before
28463 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28469 \begin_layout Standard
28470 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28475 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28484 \begin_layout Subsection
28485 Nomenclature Options
28486 \begin_inset Index idx
28489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28490 Nomenclature ! Options
28498 \begin_layout Standard
28503 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28504 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28507 \begin_layout Description
28508 refeq Appends the phrase
28509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28524 to every nomenclature entry, where
28530 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28533 \begin_layout Description
28534 refpage Appends the phrase
28535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28550 to every nomenclature entry, where
28556 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28559 \begin_layout Description
28560 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28563 \begin_layout Standard
28564 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28565 class options list in the
28567 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28571 In this document the options
28578 \begin_layout Standard
28579 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28585 \begin_layout Standard
28586 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28587 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28592 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28595 \begin_layout Description
28605 \begin_layout Description
28608 nomrefpage Like the
28615 \begin_layout Description
28618 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28627 \begin_layout Description
28631 \begin_inset space ~
28637 \begin_inset space ~
28642 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28645 \begin_layout Standard
28647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28654 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28655 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28658 \begin_layout Standard
28666 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28669 \begin_inset Newline newline
28676 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28681 \begin_inset Newline newline
28685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28700 by their translation.
28703 \begin_layout Subsection
28704 Printing the Nomenclature
28705 \begin_inset Index idx
28708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28709 Nomenclature ! Printing
28717 \begin_layout Standard
28718 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28720 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28722 \begin_inset space ~
28726 \begin_inset space ~
28729 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28745 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28746 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28747 You can choose between these settings:
28750 \begin_layout Description
28751 Default a space of 1
28752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28758 \begin_layout Description
28760 \begin_inset space ~
28764 \begin_inset space ~
28767 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28770 \begin_layout Description
28771 Custom custom space
28774 \begin_layout Standard
28775 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28784 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28792 For example, in order to change the name to
28796 , add the following line to the preamble:
28799 \begin_layout Standard
28807 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28810 \begin_layout Subsection
28811 Nomenclature Program
28812 \begin_inset Index idx
28815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28816 Nomenclature ! Program
28822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28824 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28831 \begin_layout Standard
28832 LyX uses the program
28836 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28837 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28842 by adding options, see section
28843 \begin_inset space ~
28847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28849 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28854 The available options are listed and explained in
28855 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28857 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28864 \begin_layout Section
28866 \begin_inset Index idx
28869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28876 \begin_inset Index idx
28879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28880 Document ! Branches
28886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28888 name "sec:Branches"
28895 \begin_layout Standard
28896 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28897 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28898 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28899 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28902 \begin_layout Standard
28903 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28904 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28905 To create a branch, either select the menu
28907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28908 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28911 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28913 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28920 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28921 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28922 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28923 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28924 (see below for an example).
28925 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28926 to the name of the other) and to add
28927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28935 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28939 \begin_inset space ~
28942 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28943 , without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
28946 \begin_layout Standard
28947 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28948 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28950 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28953 where you can choose a branch.
28954 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28958 \begin_layout Standard
28959 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28960 is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
28963 \begin_layout Standard
28964 \begin_inset Branch Question
28967 \begin_layout Standard
28968 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28976 \begin_layout Standard
28977 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28980 \begin_layout Standard
28981 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28989 \begin_layout Standard
28996 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28997 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29000 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29001 Consider for example a file
29002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29009 which has the above branches.
29011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29018 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29042 branch were inactive,
29043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29058 branch was active, likewise
29059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29074 branch was active, and
29075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29078 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29082 if both branches were active.
29083 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29087 \begin_layout Standard
29088 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29094 \begin_layout Standard
29095 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29096 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29098 For example you can define for the question branch
29102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29103 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29104 \begin_inset space ~
29108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29110 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29122 \begin_layout Standard
29132 \begin_layout Standard
29142 \begin_layout Standard
29143 and for the answer branch
29146 \begin_layout Standard
29156 \begin_layout Standard
29166 \begin_layout Standard
29167 \begin_inset Branch Question
29170 \begin_layout Standard
29174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29202 \begin_layout Standard
29203 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29206 \begin_layout Standard
29210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29238 \begin_layout Standard
29239 Now it is possible to use the commands
29243 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29250 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29253 to obtain conditional output.
29254 Here is an example formula where only the
29261 \begin_inset Formula
29263 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29271 \begin_layout Standard
29272 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29280 \begin_layout Section
29282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29284 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29289 \begin_inset Index idx
29292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29301 \begin_layout Standard
29306 dialog allows you in the
29310 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29311 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29316 \begin_inset Index idx
29319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29320 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29328 \begin_layout Standard
29333 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29334 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29335 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29337 You can specify in the dialog tab
29341 how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29343 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29344 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29348 \begin_layout Standard
29353 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29354 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29355 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29357 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29358 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29360 \begin_inset space ~
29363 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29364 \begin_inset space ~
29367 1 will only display the sections.
29370 \begin_layout Standard
29371 The header information in the dialog tab
29375 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29376 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29377 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29381 \begin_inset space \space{}
29384 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29385 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29388 Automatic fill header
29390 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29391 title and author settings.
29394 \begin_layout Standard
29397 Load in fullscreen mode
29399 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29402 \begin_layout Standard
29403 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29404 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29410 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29411 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29420 \begin_layout Section
29421 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29424 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29431 \begin_layout Subsection
29433 \begin_inset Index idx
29436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29445 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29452 \begin_layout Standard
29453 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29454 constructs, but not all.
29455 LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
29456 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29457 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29458 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29459 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29463 \begin_layout Standard
29464 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29466 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29468 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29470 \begin_inset space ~
29475 or by the toolbar button
29488 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29496 \begin_layout Standard
29497 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29498 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29499 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29500 using the LaTeX-command
29506 , you can write the command part
29512 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29516 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29517 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29518 the following example:
29521 \begin_layout Standard
29522 \begin_inset Graphics
29523 filename clipart/ERT.png
29531 \begin_layout Standard
29535 \begin_layout Standard
29536 This is a line with a
29540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29563 \begin_layout Standard
29564 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29572 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29573 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29581 \begin_layout Subsection
29582 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29583 \begin_inset Argument
29586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29593 \begin_inset Index idx
29596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29605 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29612 \begin_layout Standard
29613 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29614 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29615 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29624 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29625 any time if you know the right commands.
29627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29631 \begin_inset space \space{}
29634 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29636 Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29637 all caption labels bold.
29638 But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29640 Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29644 \begin_layout Standard
29645 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29646 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29647 First you have to find out which and therefore look into the LaTeX package
29649 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29658 \begin_layout Standard
29659 As result you find that the package
29664 \begin_inset Index idx
29667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29668 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29674 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29676 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29682 \begin_layout Standard
29687 usepackage[options]{package name}
29690 \begin_layout Standard
29691 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29692 two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
29693 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29696 \begin_layout Standard
29697 In your case the package name is
29702 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29707 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29708 So you add the command
29711 \begin_layout Standard
29716 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29719 \begin_layout Standard
29720 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29725 For more commands provided by the
29729 package, have a look at its documentation,
29730 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29744 \begin_layout Standard
29745 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
29747 For example if you use a
29751 class, you don't need the package
29755 , you can instead write
29758 \begin_layout Standard
29763 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29768 \begin_layout Standard
29769 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29770 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29771 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29778 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29781 \begin_layout Standard
29782 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29783 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29785 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29786 the previous section.
29789 \begin_layout Standard
29790 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29792 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29794 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29801 \begin_layout Standard
29802 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29808 \begin_layout Standard
29812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29822 \begin_inset Note Note
29825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29826 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29834 \begin_layout Left Header
29835 \begin_inset Argument
29838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29858 \begin_inset Note Note
29861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29862 defines the header line as described below
29870 \begin_layout Center Header
29871 \begin_inset Argument
29874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29883 \begin_layout Right Header
29884 \begin_inset Argument
29887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29908 \begin_layout Left Footer
29909 \begin_inset Argument
29912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29933 \begin_layout Center Footer
29934 \begin_inset Argument
29937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29948 \begin_inset Newline newline
29952 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29958 \begin_layout Right Footer
29959 \begin_inset Argument
29962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29984 \begin_layout Section
29985 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29988 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29993 \begin_inset Index idx
29996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29997 Document ! Header/Footer line
30003 \begin_inset Index idx
30006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30015 \begin_layout Standard
30016 To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30017 to set the headings style to
30023 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30029 \begin_inset space ~
30035 As a second step add in the menu
30037 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30038 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30045 Custom Header/Footerlines
30046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30050 This module offers the following 6
30051 \begin_inset space ~
30057 \begin_layout Description
30059 \begin_inset space ~
30063 \begin_inset space ~
30067 \begin_inset space ~
30071 \begin_inset space ~
30075 \begin_inset space ~
30081 \begin_layout Description
30083 \begin_inset space ~
30087 \begin_inset space ~
30091 \begin_inset space ~
30095 \begin_inset space ~
30099 \begin_inset space ~
30105 \begin_layout Standard
30106 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30109 \begin_layout Standard
30110 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30111 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30113 \begin_inset space ~
30117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30119 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30123 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30126 \begin_layout Standard
30127 \begin_inset Float figure
30133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30136 \begin_inset Tabular
30137 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30138 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30139 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30141 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30143 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30161 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30172 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30190 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30201 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30205 The normal text on the page goes here.
30206 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30208 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30209 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30214 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30223 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30234 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30252 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30263 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30281 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30299 \begin_inset Caption
30301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30304 name "fig:Page-layout"
30308 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30321 \begin_layout Subsection
30325 \begin_layout Standard
30326 To define your header line, add all 3
30327 \begin_inset space ~
30331 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30332 the optional arguments on even pages.
30333 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30335 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30336 Defining the footer line works similar.
30339 \begin_layout Standard
30340 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30356 \begin_inset space ~
30364 \begin_layout Description
30367 thepage prints the current page number
30370 \begin_layout Description
30373 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30376 \begin_layout Description
30379 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30382 \begin_layout Description
30385 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30386 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30393 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30396 because it usually goes in a left header.
30399 \begin_layout Description
30402 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30403 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30405 It is normally used in the right header.
30408 \begin_layout Subsection
30409 Default header/footer
30412 \begin_layout Standard
30413 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30414 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30415 footer has the page number.
30416 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30417 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30418 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30421 \begin_inset space ~
30429 \begin_layout Subsection
30433 \begin_layout Standard
30434 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30435 Some pages are different.
30436 The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
30437 a new part or chapter in your book.
30438 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30439 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30440 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30443 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30444 Header and footer decoration line
30447 \begin_layout Standard
30448 By default, you get a 0.4
30449 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30452 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30453 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30465 in the following scheme:
30468 \begin_layout Standard
30475 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30478 \begin_layout Standard
30479 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30488 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30489 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30495 \begin_layout Standard
30496 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30497 If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
30498 \begin_inset space ~
30502 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30512 Several header/footer lines
30515 \begin_layout Standard
30516 In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
30517 this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30518 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30520 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30532 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30535 \begin_layout Standard
30542 headheight}{height}
30545 \begin_layout Standard
30546 Where height is a size in standard units.
30547 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30548 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30549 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30551 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30565 and look via the button
30568 \begin_inset space ~
30573 if you find a warning of the package
30578 \begin_inset Index idx
30581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30582 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30588 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30589 for your header/footer.
30592 \begin_layout Subsection
30596 \begin_layout Standard
30597 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30598 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30599 This example consists of the following definition:
30602 \begin_layout Description
30604 \begin_inset space ~
30613 , empty optional argument
30616 \begin_layout Description
30618 \begin_inset space ~
30621 Header empty, empty optional argument
30624 \begin_layout Description
30626 \begin_inset space ~
30635 in the optional argument
30638 \begin_layout Description
30640 \begin_inset space ~
30649 in the optional argument
30652 \begin_layout Description
30654 \begin_inset space ~
30666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30670 \begin_inset Newline newline
30674 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30681 in the optional argument
30684 \begin_layout Description
30686 \begin_inset space ~
30695 , empty optional argument
30698 \begin_layout Description
30701 headrulewidth set to 2
30702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30708 \begin_layout Standard
30709 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
30710 For more special things like e.
30711 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30715 \begin_inset space ~
30718 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30723 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30732 \begin_layout Standard
30733 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30739 \begin_layout Standard
30743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30747 pagestyle{headings}
30753 \begin_inset Note Note
30756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30757 switches back to page style with the default headings
30765 \begin_layout Section
30766 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30767 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30769 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30774 \begin_inset Index idx
30777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30784 \begin_inset Index idx
30787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30796 \begin_layout Standard
30797 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30798 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30799 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30802 \begin_layout Subsection
30806 \begin_layout Standard
30807 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30812 \begin_inset Index idx
30815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30816 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30821 (on some systems named simply
30826 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30828 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30834 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30835 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30843 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
30844 automatically installed together with LyX.
30847 \begin_layout Subsection
30851 \begin_layout Standard
30852 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30853 LaTeX, activate the option
30856 \begin_inset space ~
30863 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30869 \begin_inset space ~
30873 \begin_inset space ~
30876 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30883 \begin_inset space ~
30896 \begin_inset space ~
30901 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30904 \begin_layout Standard
30905 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30909 \begin_layout Standard
30910 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30918 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30919 generated by activating the option
30922 \begin_inset space ~
30928 Reopening the documents will fix such problems.
30936 \begin_layout Subsection
30937 Selected document parts
30940 \begin_layout Standard
30941 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30942 for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30943 that are not yet supported by LyX.
30944 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30946 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30950 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
30951 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
30952 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
30955 \begin_layout Standard
30956 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
30962 which is not yet supported by LyX.
30966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30973 is explained in section
30975 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
30980 \begin_inset space ~
30990 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
30991 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
30993 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
30995 Here is the result:
30998 \begin_layout Standard
30999 \begin_inset Preview
31001 \begin_layout Standard
31006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31010 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
31016 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
31026 height_special "totalheight"
31029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31054 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31060 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31082 \begin_layout Standard
31083 Previewing works also for colors.
31084 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31102 is explained in section
31109 \begin_inset space ~
31122 \begin_layout Standard
31123 \begin_inset Preview
31125 \begin_layout Standard
31129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31148 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31153 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31172 \begin_layout Standard
31173 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31179 \begin_layout Standard
31180 If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
31181 above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
31182 that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31184 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31185 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31186 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31187 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31191 \begin_layout Subsection
31195 \begin_layout Standard
31196 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31199 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31201 \begin_inset space ~
31206 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31207 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31209 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31210 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31211 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31212 the source view window.
31215 \begin_layout Section
31216 Advanced Find and Replace
31217 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31219 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31224 \begin_inset Index idx
31227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31234 \begin_inset Index idx
31237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31246 \begin_layout Subsection
31250 \begin_layout Standard
31251 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31252 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31253 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31254 The key-features are:
31257 \begin_layout Itemize
31258 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31259 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31260 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31264 \begin_layout Itemize
31265 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31266 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31267 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31268 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31271 \begin_layout Itemize
31272 Search may be widened to a specific
31277 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31281 \begin_inset space ~
31284 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31285 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31292 \begin_layout Itemize
31293 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31294 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31295 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31299 \begin_inset space ~
31302 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31305 \begin_layout Subsection
31309 \begin_layout Standard
31310 The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu
31312 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31325 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31328 ) or the toolbar button
31331 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31337 Advanced Find and Replace
31342 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31346 \begin_layout Standard
31351 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31356 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31361 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31362 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31363 Pressing repeatedly
31367 keeps searching forward.
31368 Similarly, pressing
31372 searches for the entered text backwards.
31375 \begin_layout Standard
31376 While searching, the
31380 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31390 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31393 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31394 Searching for mathematics
31397 \begin_layout Standard
31398 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31402 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31403 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31406 or also something more complex like
31407 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31411 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31412 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31413 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31414 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31420 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31424 \begin_layout Standard
31425 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31426 This is done by switching to the
31430 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31435 This way, entering in the
31442 \begin_layout Itemize
31443 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31444 in emphasized or boldface.
31447 \begin_layout Itemize
31448 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31449 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31450 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31451 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31454 \begin_layout Itemize
31455 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31456 of if only within section headings.
31457 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31458 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31462 \begin_layout Itemize
31463 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31464 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31467 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31471 \begin_layout Standard
31472 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31476 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31484 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31488 button or alternatively
31510 \begin_layout Standard
31511 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31512 text segments in your document.
31513 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31517 \begin_layout Itemize
31518 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31519 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31527 with its typewriter version
31530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31540 \begin_layout Itemize
31541 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31547 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31559 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31566 (you may want to enable the
31574 options and disable the
31582 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31590 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31591 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31595 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31598 , or occurrences of
31599 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31603 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31609 \begin_layout Subsection
31613 \begin_layout Standard
31614 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31619 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31621 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31623 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31632 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31638 This is done via the menu
31640 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31641 Insert Regular Expression
31643 while the cursor is in the
31648 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31649 expression matching rules
31653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31654 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31656 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31660 \begin_inset space ~
31663 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31664 to match expressions.
31669 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31670 same text in the document.
31671 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31672 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31675 \begin_layout Enumerate
31676 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31681 editor the fraction
31682 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31686 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31689 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31690 fractions with the given denominator.
31693 \begin_layout Enumerate
31694 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31706 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31711 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31712 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31714 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31717 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31718 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31721 \begin_layout Standard
31722 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31723 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31724 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31727 , and referring back to them through
31728 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31732 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31736 For example, try searching for the regexp
31737 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31740 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31743 \begin_layout Standard
31744 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31745 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31746 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31751 \begin_inset space ~
31755 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31758 always refers to the first occurrence of
31759 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31762 in all entered regexps.
31765 \begin_layout Standard
31766 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31770 \begin_layout Section
31772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31774 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31779 \begin_inset Index idx
31782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31791 \begin_layout Standard
31792 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31795 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31802 or the toolbar button
31805 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31808 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31809 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31810 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31811 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31812 scrolled so that it is visible.
31813 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31814 n, if any could be found.
31815 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
31819 field, double-click directly invokes the replacement.
31820 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31823 \begin_layout Standard
31824 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31827 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31831 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31832 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31833 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31834 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31835 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31836 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31839 \begin_layout Subsection
31843 \begin_layout Standard
31844 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31847 \begin_inset space ~
31850 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31853 you can set the following things:
31856 \begin_layout Description
31858 \begin_inset space ~
31861 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31862 Depending on your platform,
31876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31877 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31878 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31893 \begin_layout Description
31895 \begin_inset space ~
31898 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31899 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31902 \begin_layout Description
31904 \begin_inset space ~
31907 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31909 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31913 \begin_inset space \space{}
31917 This should normally not be needed.
31920 \begin_layout Description
31922 \begin_inset space ~
31926 \begin_inset space ~
31929 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31941 \begin_layout Description
31943 \begin_inset space ~
31946 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31947 Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
31948 By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
31949 appear in the context menu.
31950 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31954 \begin_layout Description
31956 \begin_inset space ~
31960 \begin_inset space ~
31964 \begin_inset space ~
31967 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31971 \begin_layout Section
31973 \begin_inset Index idx
31976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31985 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31992 \begin_layout Standard
31993 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31994 It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
32003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32004 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32006 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32015 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32016 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32017 are available for many languages.
32020 \begin_layout Standard
32021 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32025 \begin_layout Subsection
32026 Setting up the thesaurus
32029 \begin_layout Standard
32037 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32042 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32047 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32049 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32053 en_EN for English).
32054 For instance, the English files are named:
32057 \begin_layout Itemize
32061 \begin_layout Itemize
32065 \begin_layout Standard
32066 If you have LibreOffice or OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these
32067 files should be already on your system.
32068 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32069 \begin_inset Flex URL
32072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32074 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32080 \begin_inset Flex URL
32083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32085 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32095 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32096 \begin_inset space ~
32100 \begin_inset Flex URL
32103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32105 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32110 are usually packed in extension archives (
32114 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32116 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32117 unpack a zip archive.
32130 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32131 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32133 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32134 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32138 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32141 \begin_layout Subsection
32142 Using the thesaurus
32145 \begin_layout Standard
32146 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32148 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32151 or the toolbar button
32154 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32157 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32159 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32161 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32162 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32163 and hyponyms (such as
32171 ), compounds (such as
32175 ) and antonyms (such as
32183 ), which are marked as such.
32186 \begin_layout Standard
32187 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32188 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32192 \begin_layout Standard
32193 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32194 the dictionary, such as the above
32198 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32199 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32203 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32204 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32205 For example looking up the word forms
32213 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32218 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32231 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32232 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32233 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32236 \begin_layout Section
32238 \begin_inset Index idx
32241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32248 \begin_inset Index idx
32251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32252 Document ! Change Tracking
32258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32260 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32267 \begin_layout Standard
32268 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32269 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32270 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32271 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32273 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32275 \begin_inset space ~
32278 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32280 \begin_inset space ~
32288 \begin_layout Standard
32289 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32303 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32304 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32307 \begin_inset space ~
32311 \begin_inset space ~
32321 \begin_inset Index idx
32324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32325 Color ! Change tracking
32330 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32331 the cursor is in changed text.
32332 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32335 arg "changes-merge"
32341 \begin_layout Standard
32342 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32343 \begin_inset Index idx
32346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32355 \begin_layout Standard
32356 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32362 \begin_layout Standard
32363 \begin_inset Graphics
32364 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32372 \begin_layout Standard
32373 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32379 \begin_layout Standard
32380 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32384 \begin_layout Standard
32385 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32391 \begin_layout Standard
32392 \begin_inset Tabular
32393 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32394 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32395 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32396 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32397 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32406 arg "changes-track"
32414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32420 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32422 \begin_inset space ~
32425 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32427 \begin_inset space ~
32436 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32445 arg "changes-output"
32453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32459 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32461 \begin_inset space ~
32464 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32466 \begin_inset space ~
32470 \begin_inset space ~
32474 \begin_inset space ~
32483 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32504 Jumps to the next change
32510 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32519 arg "change-accept"
32527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32533 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32535 \begin_inset space ~
32538 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32540 \begin_inset space ~
32549 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32558 arg "change-reject"
32566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32572 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32574 \begin_inset space ~
32577 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32579 \begin_inset space ~
32588 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32597 arg "changes-merge"
32605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32611 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32613 \begin_inset space ~
32616 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32618 \begin_inset space ~
32627 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32636 arg "all-changes-accept"
32644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32650 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32652 \begin_inset space ~
32655 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32657 \begin_inset space ~
32661 \begin_inset space ~
32670 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32679 arg "all-changes-reject"
32687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32693 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32695 \begin_inset space ~
32698 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32700 \begin_inset space ~
32704 \begin_inset space ~
32713 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32737 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32739 \begin_inset space ~
32748 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32771 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32773 \begin_inset space ~
32789 \begin_layout Standard
32790 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32796 \begin_layout Standard
32797 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32798 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32799 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32800 the next change after the current cursor position.
32801 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32802 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32803 step to the next change.
32804 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32807 \begin_layout Standard
32808 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32809 to describe a change.
32812 \begin_layout Standard
32813 To show the made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32818 \begin_inset Index idx
32821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32822 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32828 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32829 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32835 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32838 \begin_layout Section
32839 Comparison of Documents
32840 \begin_inset Index idx
32843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32844 Comparison of documents
32852 \begin_layout Standard
32853 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32855 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32859 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32861 In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
32862 take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
32866 \begin_inset space ~
32870 \begin_inset space ~
32874 \begin_inset space ~
32883 \begin_inset space ~
32887 \begin_inset space ~
32891 \begin_inset space ~
32895 \begin_inset space ~
32899 \begin_inset space ~
32903 \begin_inset space ~
32908 enables the change tracking option
32911 \begin_inset space ~
32915 \begin_inset space ~
32919 \begin_inset space ~
32924 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32927 \begin_layout Section
32928 International Support
32929 \begin_inset Index idx
32932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32933 International support
32941 \begin_layout Standard
32942 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32943 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32944 how to set up LyX to use them:
32945 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32947 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32954 \begin_layout Standard
32955 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32956 \begin_inset space ~
32960 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32962 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32969 \begin_layout Subsection
32971 \begin_inset Index idx
32974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32981 \begin_inset Index idx
32984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32985 Document ! Settings
32991 \begin_inset Index idx
32994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32995 Document ! Language
33003 \begin_layout Standard
33006 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33009 dialog lets you set
33011 the language and character encoding for your language.
33015 \begin_layout Standard
33016 Choose your language in the
33020 section of this dialog.
33028 \begin_layout Standard
33033 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33038 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33039 For details about the different encoding options see section
33040 \begin_inset space ~
33044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33046 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33053 \begin_layout Subsection
33054 Keyboard mapping configuration
33055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33057 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33064 \begin_layout Standard
33065 If you have for example a U.
33066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33069 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33070 can use an alternate keymap.
33071 For example, if you have a U.
33072 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33075 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33076 use an Italian keymap.
33077 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33079 \begin_inset space ~
33083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33085 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33090 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33091 which one you want to use.
33094 \begin_layout Standard
33095 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33096 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33097 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33098 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33099 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33100 one to support the characters you want.
33101 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33108 \begin_layout Subsection
33112 \begin_layout Standard
33114 \begin_inset space ~
33118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33120 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
33129 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33133 \begin_layout Standard
33134 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33135 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33143 \begin_layout Itemize
33144 Even if you have selected
33150 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33153 dialog, users who have only the
33157 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33161 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33162 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33163 french quotes will not show up.
33166 \begin_layout Standard
33167 \begin_inset Float table
33172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33173 \begin_inset Caption
33175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33178 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
33194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 \begin_inset Tabular
33197 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33198 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33199 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33200 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33201 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33202 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33203 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33204 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33207 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33208 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33211 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33212 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33213 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33214 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33215 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37628 \begin_layout Standard
37629 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37631 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37632 also the characters from
37644 \begin_layout Itemize
37653 \begin_layout Standard
37654 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37655 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37661 \begin_layout Standard
37662 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37663 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37669 \begin_layout Standard
37670 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37671 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37677 \begin_layout Standard
37678 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37679 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37685 \begin_layout Standard
37687 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37693 \begin_layout Standard
37695 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37701 \begin_layout Standard
37703 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37710 \begin_layout Itemize
37723 \begin_layout Standard
37725 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37731 \begin_layout Standard
37733 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37739 \begin_layout Standard
37741 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37747 \begin_layout Standard
37749 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37755 \begin_layout Standard
37757 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37763 \begin_layout Standard
37765 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37772 \begin_layout Standard
37773 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37774 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37775 Also make sure you're using the
37782 \begin_layout Chapter
37785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37787 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37794 \begin_layout Standard
37795 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37796 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37797 topic inside the user's guide.
37800 \begin_layout Section
37802 \begin_inset Index idx
37805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37814 \begin_layout Standard
37819 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37822 \begin_layout Subsection
37826 \begin_layout Standard
37827 Creates a new document.
37830 \begin_layout Subsection
37834 \begin_layout Standard
37835 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37836 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37837 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37840 \begin_layout Subsection
37844 \begin_layout Standard
37848 \begin_layout Subsection
37852 \begin_layout Standard
37853 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37854 Click there on a file to open it.
37857 \begin_layout Subsection
37861 \begin_layout Standard
37862 Closes the current document.
37865 \begin_layout Subsection
37869 \begin_layout Standard
37870 Closes all opened documents.
37873 \begin_layout Subsection
37877 \begin_layout Standard
37878 Saves the actual document.
37881 \begin_layout Subsection
37885 \begin_layout Standard
37886 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37889 \begin_layout Subsection
37893 \begin_layout Standard
37894 Saves all opened documents.
37897 \begin_layout Subsection
37901 \begin_layout Standard
37902 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37905 \begin_layout Subsection
37909 \begin_layout Standard
37910 This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
37911 one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
37912 It is described in the section
37914 Version Control in LyX
37918 Additional Features
37923 \begin_layout Subsection
37927 \begin_layout Standard
37928 Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37929 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37931 The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
37934 \begin_layout Standard
37935 When using the menu entry
37938 \begin_inset space ~
37943 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37947 \begin_inset space ~
37951 \begin_inset space ~
37956 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37957 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37960 \begin_layout Subsection
37962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37971 \begin_layout Standard
37972 You can export your document to various file formats.
37973 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37974 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37975 They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
37978 \begin_layout Standard
37979 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37981 \begin_inset space ~
37985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37987 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37994 \begin_layout Description
38000 \begin_inset space ~
38007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38014 yX format of the special LyX
38015 \begin_inset space ~
38018 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
38019 \begin_inset Newline newline
38022 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated into LyX.
38025 \begin_layout Description
38026 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
38032 \begin_layout Description
38034 \begin_inset space ~
38037 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38043 \begin_layout Description
38044 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38045 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38046 files paths or file names in your document.
38047 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38054 \begin_layout Description
38055 DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
38056 in files paths or file names
38059 \begin_layout Description
38061 \begin_inset space ~
38068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38075 eX) DVI-format using the program
38079 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38082 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38090 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38098 \begin_layout Description
38100 \begin_inset space ~
38103 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38107 which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38112 \begin_layout Description
38113 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38117 \begin_layout Description
38119 \begin_inset space ~
38123 \begin_inset space ~
38126 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38130 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38138 \begin_layout Description
38145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38153 \begin_inset space ~
38164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38177 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38182 \begin_layout Description
38189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38197 \begin_inset space ~
38202 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38203 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38207 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38210 \begin_layout Description
38217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38225 \begin_inset space ~
38230 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38231 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38239 \begin_layout Description
38246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38254 \begin_inset space ~
38265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38278 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38283 \begin_layout Description
38285 \begin_inset space ~
38289 \begin_inset space ~
38298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38307 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38308 music notation software
38313 \begin_layout Description
38320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38330 \begin_inset space ~
38334 \begin_inset space ~
38337 (zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
38338 your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
38339 to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
38342 \begin_layout Description
38349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38359 \begin_inset space ~
38362 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38378 represent the version number)
38381 \begin_layout Description
38388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38397 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38400 \begin_layout Description
38401 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38406 \begin_layout Description
38407 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38409 LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
38412 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38416 \begin_layout Description
38420 \begin_inset space ~
38425 PDF-format using the program
38429 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38432 \begin_layout Description
38436 \begin_inset space ~
38443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38452 PDF-format using the program
38456 , produces PDF-files directly
38459 \begin_layout Description
38463 \begin_inset space ~
38468 PDF-format using the program
38472 , produces PDF-files directly
38475 \begin_layout Description
38479 \begin_inset space ~
38484 PDF-format using the program
38488 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38491 \begin_layout Description
38495 \begin_inset space ~
38502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38511 PDF-format using the program
38515 , produces PDF-files directly
38518 \begin_layout Description
38522 \begin_inset space ~
38530 \begin_layout Description
38534 \begin_inset space ~
38538 \begin_inset space ~
38543 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38544 and then exported as text using the program
38549 \begin_layout Description
38554 PostScript format using the program
38559 \begin_layout Description
38560 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38561 programming language
38574 it is possible to use
38581 \begin_layout Standard
38582 If one of the menu entries
38589 \begin_inset space ~
38598 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38599 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38600 \begin_inset space ~
38604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38606 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38611 \begin_inset Index idx
38614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38615 Reconfiguration of LyX
38623 \begin_layout Subsection
38627 \begin_layout Standard
38628 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38629 format or send it to a printer.
38630 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38631 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38637 For more information have a look at section
38638 \begin_inset space ~
38642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38644 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38651 \begin_layout Subsection
38655 \begin_layout Standard
38656 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38657 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38658 prefix, see section
38659 \begin_inset space ~
38663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38665 reference "sec:Paths"
38670 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38679 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38680 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38681 \begin_inset space ~
38685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38687 reference "sub:Converters"
38694 \begin_layout Subsection
38695 New and Close Window
38698 \begin_layout Standard
38699 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38702 \begin_layout Subsection
38706 \begin_layout Standard
38707 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38710 \begin_layout Section
38712 \begin_inset Index idx
38715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38724 \begin_layout Subsection
38728 \begin_layout Standard
38729 Described in section
38730 \begin_inset space ~
38734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38736 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38743 \begin_layout Subsection
38744 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38747 \begin_layout Standard
38748 Described in section
38749 \begin_inset space ~
38753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38755 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38762 \begin_layout Subsection
38766 \begin_layout Standard
38767 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38768 If the cursor is outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38771 \begin_layout Subsection
38775 \begin_layout Standard
38776 Selects the whole document.
38779 \begin_layout Subsection
38780 Find & Replace (Quick)
38783 \begin_layout Standard
38784 Described in section
38785 \begin_inset space ~
38789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38791 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38798 \begin_layout Subsection
38799 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38802 \begin_layout Standard
38803 Described in section
38804 \begin_inset space ~
38808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38810 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38817 \begin_layout Subsection
38818 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38821 \begin_layout Standard
38822 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38826 \begin_layout Subsection
38830 \begin_layout Standard
38831 Described in section
38832 \begin_inset space ~
38836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38838 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38845 \begin_layout Subsection
38847 \begin_inset Index idx
38850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38851 Paragraph ! Settings
38859 \begin_layout Standard
38860 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38861 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
38865 \begin_layout Standard
38866 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38867 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38869 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38875 \begin_inset space ~
38883 \begin_layout Subsection
38884 Table Settings and Math
38887 \begin_layout Standard
38888 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38890 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38891 The properties of tables are described in section
38892 \begin_inset space ~
38896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38898 reference "sec:Tables"
38902 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38903 \begin_inset space ~
38907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38909 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38916 \begin_layout Subsection
38917 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38920 \begin_layout Standard
38921 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38923 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38924 \begin_inset space ~
38928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38930 reference "sec:Nesting"
38935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38937 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38944 \begin_layout Section
38946 \begin_inset Index idx
38949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38958 \begin_layout Standard
38959 At the bottom of the
38963 menu the opened documents are listed.
38966 \begin_layout Subsection
38967 Open/Close all Insets
38970 \begin_layout Standard
38971 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38974 \begin_layout Subsection
38975 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38978 \begin_layout Standard
38979 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38982 \begin_layout Standard
38983 Math macros are described in the
38990 \begin_layout Subsection
38994 \begin_layout Standard
38995 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38997 \begin_inset space ~
39001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39003 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39010 \begin_layout Subsection
39014 \begin_layout Standard
39015 Opens a window showing console messages.
39016 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
39017 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39020 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
39021 while LaTeX is processing the document.
39024 \begin_layout Subsection
39028 \begin_layout Standard
39029 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
39030 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
39031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39037 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39041 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39042 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39048 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39052 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39053 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39054 \begin_inset space ~
39058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39060 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39065 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39066 The default output format is
39069 \begin_inset space ~
39077 \begin_layout Subsection
39078 View (Other Formats)
39081 \begin_layout Standard
39082 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39083 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39084 actual document with an external program.
39085 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39086 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39087 All possible formats are listed in section
39088 \begin_inset space ~
39092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39094 reference "sub:Export"
39099 You should at least see the menu entry
39104 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39105 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39106 \begin_inset space ~
39110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39112 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39117 \begin_inset Index idx
39120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39121 Reconfiguration of LyX
39129 \begin_layout Standard
39130 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39131 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39132 \begin_inset space ~
39136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39138 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39143 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39146 \begin_layout Subsection
39150 \begin_layout Standard
39151 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39152 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39155 \begin_layout Subsection
39156 Update (Other Formats)
39159 \begin_layout Standard
39160 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39161 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39164 \begin_layout Subsection
39165 View Master Document
39168 \begin_layout Standard
39169 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39185 \begin_inset space ~
39190 manual for more information on this topic).
39191 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39192 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39197 generates the output of the whole book, while
39201 will just output the chapter alone.
39204 \begin_layout Standard
39205 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39206 in the preferences (see sec.
39207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39213 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39217 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39218 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39224 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39231 \begin_layout Subsection
39232 Update Master Document
39235 \begin_layout Standard
39236 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39252 \begin_inset space ~
39257 manual for more information on this topic).
39258 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39259 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39262 \begin_layout Standard
39263 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39264 in the preferences (see sec.
39265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39271 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39275 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39282 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39289 \begin_layout Subsection
39293 \begin_layout Standard
39294 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39295 This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
39296 to view the same document, but at different positions.
39297 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39298 or more documents at the same time.
39299 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39306 \begin_layout Subsection
39310 \begin_layout Standard
39311 Closes a split view.
39314 \begin_layout Subsection
39318 \begin_layout Standard
39319 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39320 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39321 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39322 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39323 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39326 \begin_layout Subsection
39328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39330 name "sub:Toolbars"
39335 \begin_inset Index idx
39338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39347 \begin_layout Standard
39348 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39349 All toolbars and the
39352 \begin_inset space ~
39357 can be turned on and off.
39362 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39374 \begin_inset space ~
39382 \begin_inset space ~
39391 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39395 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39402 \begin_layout Standard
39407 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39411 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39412 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39413 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39414 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39415 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39418 \begin_layout Standard
39419 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39420 \begin_inset space ~
39424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39426 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39433 \begin_layout Section
39435 \begin_inset Index idx
39438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39447 \begin_layout Subsection
39451 \begin_layout Standard
39452 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39453 \begin_inset space ~
39457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39459 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39470 \begin_layout Subsection
39472 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39474 name "sub:Special-Character"
39481 \begin_layout Standard
39482 Here you can insert the following characters:
39485 \begin_layout Description
39486 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39487 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39488 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39489 \begin_inset Newline newline
39493 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39501 Not all characters will be visible in the
39505 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39507 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39513 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39517 ) can display every character.
39525 \begin_layout Description
39526 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39530 \begin_layout Description
39532 \begin_inset space ~
39536 \begin_inset space ~
39539 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39540 \begin_inset space ~
39544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39546 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39553 \begin_layout Description
39555 \begin_inset space ~
39558 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39561 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39571 \begin_layout Description
39573 \begin_inset space ~
39576 Quote Inserts this quote:
39577 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39583 \begin_layout Description
39585 \begin_inset space ~
39588 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39592 \begin_layout Description
39594 \begin_inset space ~
39597 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39601 \begin_layout Description
39603 \begin_inset space ~
39606 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39610 \begin_layout Description
39612 \begin_inset space ~
39616 \begin_inset Index idx
39619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39626 \begin_inset Index idx
39629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39630 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39635 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39636 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39637 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39642 \begin_inset Index idx
39645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39646 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39652 \begin_inset Newline newline
39655 For more information about this feature we refer you to the documentation
39659 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39667 and this Wiki-page:
39668 \begin_inset Newline newline
39672 \begin_inset Flex URL
39675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39677 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39685 \begin_layout Subsection
39689 \begin_layout Standard
39690 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39693 \begin_layout Description
39694 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39695 \begin_inset script superscript
39697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39706 \begin_layout Description
39707 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39708 \begin_inset script subscript
39710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39719 \begin_layout Description
39721 \begin_inset space ~
39724 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39725 \begin_inset space ~
39729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39731 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39738 \begin_layout Description
39740 \begin_inset space ~
39743 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39744 \begin_inset space ~
39748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39750 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39757 \begin_layout Description
39759 \begin_inset space ~
39762 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39763 \begin_inset space ~
39767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39769 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39776 \begin_layout Description
39778 \begin_inset space ~
39781 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39782 \begin_inset space ~
39786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39788 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39795 \begin_layout Description
39797 \begin_inset space ~
39800 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39801 \begin_inset space ~
39805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39807 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39814 \begin_layout Description
39816 \begin_inset space ~
39819 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39820 \begin_inset space ~
39824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39826 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39833 \begin_layout Description
39834 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39835 \begin_inset space ~
39839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39841 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39848 \begin_layout Description
39850 \begin_inset space ~
39853 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39854 \begin_inset space ~
39858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39860 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39867 \begin_layout Description
39869 \begin_inset space ~
39872 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39873 \begin_inset space ~
39877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39879 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39886 \begin_layout Description
39888 \begin_inset space ~
39892 \begin_inset space ~
39895 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39896 \begin_inset space ~
39900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39902 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39909 \begin_layout Description
39911 \begin_inset space ~
39914 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39915 text line to the page border, see section
39916 \begin_inset space ~
39920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39922 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39929 \begin_layout Description
39931 \begin_inset space ~
39934 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39935 \begin_inset space ~
39939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39941 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39948 \begin_layout Description
39950 \begin_inset space ~
39953 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39954 text page to the page border, described in section
39955 \begin_inset space ~
39959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39961 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39968 \begin_layout Description
39970 \begin_inset space ~
39973 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39974 \begin_inset space ~
39978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39980 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39987 \begin_layout Description
39989 \begin_inset space ~
39993 \begin_inset space ~
39996 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39997 \begin_inset space ~
40001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40003 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40010 \begin_layout Subsection
40014 \begin_layout Standard
40015 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
40016 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
40018 \begin_inset space ~
40022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40024 reference "sec:toc"
40029 The index list is described in section
40030 \begin_inset space ~
40034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40036 reference "sec:Index"
40040 , the nomenclature in section
40041 \begin_inset space ~
40045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40047 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40051 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40052 \begin_inset space ~
40056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40058 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40065 \begin_layout Subsection
40069 \begin_layout Standard
40070 To insert floats, described in section
40071 \begin_inset space ~
40075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40077 reference "sec:Floats"
40084 \begin_layout Subsection
40088 \begin_layout Standard
40089 To insert notes, described in section
40090 \begin_inset space ~
40094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40096 reference "sec:Notes"
40103 \begin_layout Subsection
40107 \begin_layout Standard
40108 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40109 \begin_inset space ~
40113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40115 reference "sec:Branches"
40122 \begin_layout Subsection
40126 \begin_layout Standard
40127 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40128 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40130 An example is the document class
40131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40138 with three custom insets.
40141 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40147 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40150 \begin_layout Subsection
40152 \begin_inset Index idx
40155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40164 \begin_layout Standard
40165 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
40167 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40174 \begin_inset space ~
40182 \begin_layout Subsection
40184 \begin_inset Index idx
40187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40196 \begin_layout Standard
40197 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40198 \begin_inset space ~
40202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40204 reference "sec:Minipages"
40209 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40216 \begin_inset space ~
40224 \begin_layout Subsection
40228 \begin_layout Standard
40229 Inserts a citation as described in section
40230 \begin_inset space ~
40234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40236 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40243 \begin_layout Subsection
40247 \begin_layout Standard
40248 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40249 \begin_inset space ~
40253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40255 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40262 \begin_layout Subsection
40266 \begin_layout Standard
40267 Inserts a label as described in section
40268 \begin_inset space ~
40272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40274 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40281 \begin_layout Subsection
40283 \begin_inset Index idx
40286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40293 \begin_inset Index idx
40296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40297 Longtables ! Caption
40305 \begin_layout Standard
40306 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40307 Floats are described in section
40308 \begin_inset space ~
40312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40314 reference "sec:Floats"
40318 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40325 \begin_inset space ~
40333 \begin_layout Subsection
40337 \begin_layout Standard
40338 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40339 \begin_inset space ~
40343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40345 reference "sec:Index"
40352 \begin_layout Subsection
40356 \begin_layout Standard
40357 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40358 \begin_inset space ~
40362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40364 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40371 \begin_layout Subsection
40375 \begin_layout Standard
40377 Tables are described in section
40378 \begin_inset space ~
40382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40384 reference "sec:Tables"
40391 \begin_layout Subsection
40395 \begin_layout Standard
40397 Graphics are described in section
40398 \begin_inset space ~
40402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40404 reference "sec:Graphics"
40411 \begin_layout Subsection
40415 \begin_layout Standard
40416 Inserts a URL as described in section
40417 \begin_inset space ~
40421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40423 reference "sub:URLs"
40430 \begin_layout Subsection
40434 \begin_layout Standard
40435 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40436 \begin_inset space ~
40440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40442 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40449 \begin_layout Subsection
40453 \begin_layout Standard
40454 Inserts a footnote, see section
40455 \begin_inset space ~
40459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40461 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40468 \begin_layout Subsection
40472 \begin_layout Standard
40473 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40474 \begin_inset space ~
40478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40480 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40487 \begin_layout Subsection
40491 \begin_layout Standard
40492 Inserts a short title, see section
40493 \begin_inset space ~
40497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40499 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40506 \begin_layout Subsection
40510 \begin_layout Standard
40511 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40512 \begin_inset space ~
40516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40518 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40525 \begin_layout Subsection
40527 \begin_inset Index idx
40530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40539 \begin_layout Standard
40540 Inserts a program listings box.
40541 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40543 Program Code Listings
40548 \begin_inset space ~
40556 \begin_layout Subsection
40560 \begin_layout Standard
40561 Inserts the actual date.
40562 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40564 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40572 \begin_inset space ~
40580 \begin_layout Subsection
40584 \begin_layout Standard
40585 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40586 \begin_inset space ~
40590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40592 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40599 \begin_layout Section
40601 \begin_inset Index idx
40604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40613 \begin_layout Standard
40614 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40615 \begin_inset space ~
40618 of the current document.
40619 This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
40622 \begin_layout Subsection
40626 \begin_layout Standard
40627 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40628 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40634 \begin_inset space \space{}
40638 \begin_inset space ~
40642 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40643 \begin_inset space ~
40646 2.5 and use the submenu
40649 \begin_inset space ~
40653 \begin_inset space ~
40660 \begin_inset space ~
40666 \begin_inset space ~
40670 \begin_inset space ~
40676 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40680 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40686 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40692 \begin_layout Standard
40693 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40694 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40697 \begin_layout Subsection
40698 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40701 \begin_layout Standard
40702 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40706 \begin_layout Subsection
40710 \begin_layout Standard
40711 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40712 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40713 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40717 \begin_inset space ~
40721 \begin_inset space ~
40729 \begin_layout Subsection
40733 \begin_layout Standard
40734 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40735 in the output, see section
40738 \begin_inset space ~
40746 \begin_inset space ~
40751 manual for a detailed description.
40754 \begin_layout Section
40756 \begin_inset Index idx
40759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40768 \begin_layout Subsection
40772 \begin_layout Standard
40773 Change Tracking is described in section
40774 \begin_inset space ~
40778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40780 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40787 \begin_layout Subsection
40792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40802 \begin_layout Standard
40803 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40805 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40808 \begin_layout Standard
40809 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40814 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40817 \begin_layout Subsection
40821 \begin_layout Standard
40822 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40823 \begin_inset space ~
40827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40829 reference "sec:Navigating"
40834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40836 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40843 \begin_layout Subsection
40844 Start Appendix Here
40847 \begin_layout Standard
40848 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40849 position as described in section
40850 \begin_inset space ~
40854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40856 reference "sec:Appendices"
40863 \begin_layout Subsection
40867 \begin_layout Standard
40868 Un/compresses the current document.
40871 \begin_layout Subsection
40875 \begin_layout Standard
40876 The document settings are described in appendix
40877 \begin_inset space ~
40881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40883 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40890 \begin_layout Section
40892 \begin_inset Index idx
40895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40904 \begin_layout Subsection
40908 \begin_layout Standard
40909 Spell checking is explained in section
40910 \begin_inset space ~
40914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40916 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40923 \begin_layout Subsection
40927 \begin_layout Standard
40928 The thesaurus is described in section
40929 \begin_inset space ~
40933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40935 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40942 \begin_layout Subsection
40944 \begin_inset Index idx
40947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40954 \begin_inset Index idx
40957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40966 \begin_layout Standard
40967 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40971 \begin_layout Subsection
40973 \begin_inset Index idx
40976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40985 \begin_layout Standard
40986 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
40990 \begin_layout Subsection
40992 \begin_inset Index idx
40995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40996 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
41000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41007 Reconfiguration of LyX
41011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41024 \begin_inset Index idx
41027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41028 Reconfiguration of LyX
41036 \begin_layout Standard
41037 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
41038 and programs it needs; see also section
41039 \begin_inset space ~
41043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41045 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41052 \begin_layout Subsection
41056 \begin_layout Standard
41057 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41058 \begin_inset space ~
41062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41064 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41071 \begin_layout Section
41073 \begin_inset Index idx
41076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41085 \begin_layout Standard
41086 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41088 If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
41092 \begin_layout Standard
41096 \begin_inset space ~
41101 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41102 found by LyX (see also section
41103 \begin_inset space ~
41107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41109 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41116 \begin_layout Section
41118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41120 name "sec:Toolbars"
41127 \begin_layout Standard
41128 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41129 \begin_inset space ~
41133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41135 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41142 \begin_layout Standard
41143 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41144 This is described in the
41146 Additional Features
41151 \begin_layout Subsection
41153 \begin_inset Index idx
41156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41165 \begin_layout Standard
41166 \begin_inset Graphics
41167 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41175 \begin_layout Standard
41176 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41182 \begin_layout Standard
41183 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41200 \begin_inset Note Note
41203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41204 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41209 manual for more information.
41217 \begin_layout Standard
41218 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41224 \begin_layout Standard
41225 \begin_inset Tabular
41226 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41227 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41228 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41229 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41235 \begin_inset Graphics
41236 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41250 pull-down box for the environments
41263 \begin_layout Standard
41264 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41270 \begin_layout Standard
41272 \begin_inset Tabular
41273 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41274 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41275 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41276 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41277 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41300 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41307 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41330 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41337 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41360 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41367 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41376 arg "dialog-show print"
41384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41390 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41397 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41406 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41420 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41427 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41450 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41457 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41480 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41487 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41510 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41517 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41540 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41547 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41570 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41577 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41586 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41600 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41602 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41606 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41615 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41624 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41638 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41639 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41646 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41667 Emphasize text, function of the
41669 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41671 \begin_inset space ~
41682 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41703 Set text to noun style, function of the
41705 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41707 \begin_inset space ~
41718 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41727 arg "textstyle-apply"
41735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41739 Formats text using the current settings in the
41741 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41743 \begin_inset space ~
41754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41777 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41778 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41780 \begin_inset space ~
41789 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41798 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41812 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41819 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41826 arg "tabular-insert"
41834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41840 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41847 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41856 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41868 Toggle outline window on/off,
41870 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41877 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41886 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41898 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41904 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41913 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41925 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41938 \begin_layout Subsection
41940 \begin_inset Index idx
41943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41952 \begin_layout Standard
41953 \begin_inset Graphics
41954 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41962 \begin_layout Standard
41963 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41969 \begin_layout Standard
41970 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41974 \begin_layout Standard
41975 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41981 \begin_layout Standard
41982 \begin_inset Tabular
41983 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41984 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41985 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41986 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41987 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42014 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42023 arg "layout Enumerate"
42031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42041 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42050 arg "layout Itemize"
42058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42068 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42095 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42104 arg "layout Description"
42112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42122 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42131 arg "depth-increment"
42139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42145 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42147 \begin_inset space ~
42151 \begin_inset space ~
42160 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42169 arg "depth-decrement"
42177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42183 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42185 \begin_inset space ~
42189 \begin_inset space ~
42198 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42207 arg "float-insert figure"
42215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42221 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42222 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42229 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42238 arg "float-insert table"
42246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42252 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42253 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42260 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42283 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42290 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42299 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42313 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42320 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42329 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42350 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42373 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42375 \begin_inset space ~
42384 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42393 arg "nomencl-insert"
42401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42409 \begin_inset space ~
42418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42427 arg "footnote-insert"
42435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42448 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42457 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42471 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42473 \begin_inset space ~
42482 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42506 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42508 \begin_inset space ~
42517 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42526 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42540 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42547 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42577 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42600 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42617 \begin_inset space ~
42626 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42635 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42649 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42650 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42657 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42666 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42680 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42681 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42683 \begin_inset space ~
42692 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42701 arg "dialog-show character"
42709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42715 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42717 \begin_inset space ~
42726 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42735 arg "layout-paragraph"
42743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42749 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42751 \begin_inset space ~
42760 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42769 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42783 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42797 \begin_layout Subsection
42798 View / Update Toolbar
42799 \begin_inset Index idx
42802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42803 Toolbar ! View / Update
42811 \begin_layout Standard
42812 \begin_inset Graphics
42813 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42820 \begin_layout Standard
42821 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42827 \begin_layout Standard
42828 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42832 \begin_layout Standard
42833 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42839 \begin_layout Standard
42840 \begin_inset Tabular
42841 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42842 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42843 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42844 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42845 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42868 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42875 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42884 arg "buffer-update"
42892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42898 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42905 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42914 arg "master-buffer-view"
42922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42928 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42935 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42944 arg "master-buffer-update"
42952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42958 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42960 \begin_inset space ~
42969 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42978 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42992 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42993 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42994 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42995 Synchronize with Output
43001 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43006 \begin_inset Graphics
43007 filename ../images/view-others.png
43009 groupId toolbarbuttons
43020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43026 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43027 View (Other Formats)
43033 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43038 \begin_inset Graphics
43039 filename ../images/update-others.png
43041 groupId toolbarbuttons
43050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43056 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43057 Update (Other Formats)
43070 \begin_layout Standard
43071 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43075 \begin_layout Subsection
43079 \begin_layout Standard
43080 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43081 \begin_inset space ~
43085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43087 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43091 , the table toolbar
43092 \begin_inset Index idx
43095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43104 \begin_inset space ~
43109 manual, the math macro toolbar
43110 \begin_inset Index idx
43113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43126 \begin_layout Chapter
43127 The Document Settings
43128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43130 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43135 \begin_inset Index idx
43138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43139 Document ! Settings
43147 \begin_layout Standard
43148 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43149 whole document and is called with the menu
43151 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43155 You can save your document settings as default with the
43157 Save as Document Defaults
43159 button in the dialog.
43160 This will create a template named
43164 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43168 \begin_layout Standard
43173 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43174 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43177 \begin_layout Standard
43178 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
43181 \begin_layout Section
43185 \begin_layout Standard
43186 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43188 Document classes are described in section
43189 \begin_inset space ~
43193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43195 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43203 \begin_layout Standard
43207 \begin_inset space ~
43212 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43216 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43217 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43219 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43228 \begin_layout Standard
43229 Some classes use special class options by default.
43230 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43234 and you can decide to use them or not.
43235 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43236 recommended to leave them untouched.
43241 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43246 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43247 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43253 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43254 \begin_inset Newline newline
43259 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43262 \begin_inset Newline newline
43265 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43271 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43273 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43285 \begin_layout Standard
43286 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43288 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43289 document is opened without its master.
43290 This way child documents are always compilable.
43291 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43298 \begin_inset space ~
43306 \begin_layout Standard
43307 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43317 \begin_inset Index idx
43320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43321 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43327 \begin_inset Index idx
43330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43331 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43336 for cross-references, see sec.
43337 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43343 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43350 \begin_layout Section
43354 \begin_layout Standard
43355 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43356 Please refer to the section
43359 \begin_inset space ~
43367 \begin_inset space ~
43372 manual for details.
43375 \begin_layout Section
43379 \begin_layout Standard
43380 Modules are explained in section
43381 \begin_inset space ~
43385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43387 reference "sub:Modules"
43394 \begin_layout Section
43398 \begin_layout Standard
43400 \begin_inset space ~
43404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43406 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43413 \begin_layout Section
43417 \begin_layout Standard
43418 The document font settings are described in section
43419 \begin_inset space ~
43423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43425 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43432 \begin_layout Section
43436 \begin_layout Standard
43437 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43439 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43441 \change_inserted 2090807402 1325640630
43442 You can also determine whether text will be shown as justified in LyX itself.
43443 Note that this does not affect whether the text is justified in the output.
43448 \begin_layout Standard
43449 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43450 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43452 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43455 \begin_layout Section
43459 \begin_layout Standard
43460 A description of this menu is given in section
43461 \begin_inset space ~
43465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43467 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43474 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43481 \begin_layout Section
43485 \begin_layout Standard
43486 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43487 \begin_inset space ~
43491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43493 reference "sub:Margins"
43500 \begin_layout Section
43502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43504 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43509 \begin_inset Index idx
43512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43513 Language ! Encoding
43521 \begin_layout Standard
43522 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43523 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43524 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43525 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43526 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43527 known for a particular character).
43531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43532 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43537 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43542 manual for details.
43550 \begin_layout Standard
43551 If you use the option
43555 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43556 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43557 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43558 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43559 exactly one encoding.
43560 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43563 \begin_layout Standard
43564 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43565 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43566 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
43567 choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43568 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43569 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43574 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43575 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43576 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43577 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43578 engines to standard LaTeX.
43579 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43580 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43583 \begin_inset space ~
43590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43602 \begin_inset space ~
43609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43621 \begin_inset space ~
43627 \begin_inset space ~
43631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43633 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43638 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43642 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43645 \begin_layout Standard
43649 \begin_inset space ~
43654 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43664 The possible settings are:
43667 \begin_layout Description
43668 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43670 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43671 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43675 \begin_inset space ~
43679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43681 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43688 \begin_layout Description
43689 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43690 format you will use.
43691 In many cases this will be
43696 \begin_inset Index idx
43699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43700 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43706 If the newer package
43711 \begin_inset Index idx
43714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43715 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43720 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43721 this package will be used instead of
43728 \begin_layout Description
43730 \begin_inset space ~
43741 would be more appropriate.
43744 \begin_layout Description
43745 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43746 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43750 (for German texts), type in
43753 \begin_inset Newline newline
43758 usepackage{ngerman}
43761 \begin_layout Description
43762 None will not use a language package.
43763 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43766 \begin_layout Standard
43767 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43770 \begin_layout Description
43772 \begin_inset space ~
43776 \begin_inset space ~
43780 \begin_inset space ~
43787 , but the LaTeX-package
43792 \begin_inset Index idx
43795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43796 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43802 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43803 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43804 languages in TeX code.
43807 \begin_layout Description
43808 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43809 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43810 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43813 \begin_layout Description
43815 \begin_inset space ~
43819 \begin_inset space ~
43822 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43825 \begin_layout Description
43827 \begin_inset space ~
43831 \begin_inset space ~
43834 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43837 \begin_layout Description
43839 \begin_inset space ~
43842 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43845 \begin_layout Description
43847 \begin_inset space ~
43851 \begin_inset space ~
43854 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43855 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43858 \begin_layout Description
43860 \begin_inset space ~
43864 \begin_inset space ~
43867 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43871 \begin_layout Description
43873 \begin_inset space ~
43877 \begin_inset space ~
43880 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43881 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43884 \begin_layout Description
43886 \begin_inset space ~
43890 \begin_inset space ~
43894 \begin_inset space ~
43897 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43898 \begin_inset space ~
43904 \begin_layout Description
43906 \begin_inset space ~
43910 \begin_inset space ~
43914 \begin_inset space ~
43917 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43918 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43921 \begin_layout Description
43923 \begin_inset space ~
43927 \begin_inset space ~
43930 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43931 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43932 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43933 \begin_inset space ~
43937 \begin_inset space ~
43943 \begin_layout Description
43945 \begin_inset space ~
43949 \begin_inset space ~
43952 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43953 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43954 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43955 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43956 \begin_inset space ~
43960 \begin_inset space ~
43966 \begin_layout Description
43968 \begin_inset space ~
43972 \begin_inset space ~
43975 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43978 \begin_layout Description
43980 \begin_inset space ~
43984 \begin_inset space ~
43987 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43990 \begin_layout Description
43992 \begin_inset space ~
43996 \begin_inset space ~
43999 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
44002 \begin_layout Description
44004 \begin_inset space ~
44007 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
44010 \begin_layout Description
44012 \begin_inset space ~
44015 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
44018 \begin_layout Description
44020 \begin_inset space ~
44024 \begin_inset space ~
44027 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
44030 \begin_layout Description
44032 \begin_inset space ~
44036 \begin_inset space ~
44042 \begin_layout Description
44044 \begin_inset space ~
44048 \begin_inset space ~
44051 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44054 \begin_layout Description
44056 \begin_inset space ~
44060 \begin_inset space ~
44066 \begin_layout Description
44068 \begin_inset space ~
44072 \begin_inset space ~
44075 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44080 \begin_inset Index idx
44083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44084 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44089 , when using this, set the document language to
44094 \begin_layout Description
44096 \begin_inset space ~
44100 \begin_inset space ~
44103 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44107 , when using this, set the document language to
44110 \begin_inset space ~
44116 \begin_layout Description
44118 \begin_inset space ~
44122 \begin_inset space ~
44125 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44130 \begin_inset Index idx
44133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44134 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44139 , when using this, set the document language to
44144 \begin_layout Description
44146 \begin_inset space ~
44150 \begin_inset space ~
44153 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44157 , when using this, set the document language to
44162 \begin_layout Description
44164 \begin_inset space ~
44168 \begin_inset space ~
44171 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44175 , when using this, set the document language to
44180 \begin_layout Description
44182 \begin_inset space ~
44185 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44188 \begin_layout Description
44190 \begin_inset space ~
44194 \begin_inset space ~
44198 \begin_inset space ~
44201 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44204 \begin_layout Description
44206 \begin_inset space ~
44210 \begin_inset space ~
44214 \begin_inset space ~
44217 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44218 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44219 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44222 \begin_layout Description
44224 \begin_inset space ~
44228 \begin_inset space ~
44234 \begin_layout Description
44236 \begin_inset space ~
44240 \begin_inset space ~
44243 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44244 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44247 \begin_layout Description
44249 \begin_inset space ~
44253 \begin_inset space ~
44256 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44261 \begin_inset Index idx
44264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44265 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44270 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44273 \begin_layout Description
44275 \begin_inset space ~
44279 \begin_inset space ~
44282 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44290 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44295 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44297 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44300 \begin_layout Description
44302 \begin_inset space ~
44306 \begin_inset space ~
44309 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44314 \begin_inset Index idx
44317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44318 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44323 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44326 \begin_layout Description
44328 \begin_inset space ~
44331 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44336 \begin_inset Index idx
44339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44340 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44346 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44350 \begin_layout Description
44352 \begin_inset space ~
44356 \begin_inset space ~
44360 \begin_inset space ~
44363 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44364 \begin_inset space ~
44370 \begin_layout Description
44372 \begin_inset space ~
44376 \begin_inset space ~
44380 \begin_inset space ~
44383 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44384 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44385 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44389 \begin_layout Description
44391 \begin_inset space ~
44395 \begin_inset space ~
44399 \begin_inset space ~
44402 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44403 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44406 \begin_layout Standard
44407 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44410 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44416 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44420 for more information on the language package.
44423 \begin_layout Section
44425 \begin_inset Index idx
44428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44435 \begin_inset Index idx
44438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44447 \begin_layout Standard
44448 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44450 \begin_inset space ~
44453 out notes (default: light grey).
44458 sets the color back to the default.
44461 \begin_layout Standard
44462 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44464 \begin_inset space ~
44467 boxes (default: red).
44470 \begin_layout Standard
44471 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44475 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44477 \begin_inset space ~
44480 out note appears blue in the output.)
44488 \begin_layout Standard
44489 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44492 \begin_inset space ~
44497 in the document settings under
44500 \begin_inset space ~
44505 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44508 \begin_inset space ~
44516 \begin_inset space ~
44522 For example the option
44525 \begin_layout Standard
44531 \begin_layout Standard
44532 sets the link text color to black.
44533 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44538 \begin_inset Index idx
44541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44542 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44548 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44557 \begin_layout Standard
44558 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44564 \begin_layout Standard
44565 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44566 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44567 \begin_inset space ~
44570 Code behind a forced page break:
44573 \begin_layout Itemize
44574 For the page color:
44575 \begin_inset Newline newline
44582 pagecolor{color name}
44585 \begin_layout Itemize
44586 For the text color:
44587 \begin_inset Newline newline
44597 \begin_layout Standard
44598 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44631 \begin_inset Newline newline
44634 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44638 \begin_layout Itemize
44639 For the page background color:
44640 \begin_inset Newline newline
44645 page_backgroundcolor
44648 \begin_layout Itemize
44649 For the main text color:
44650 \begin_inset Newline newline
44658 \begin_layout Itemize
44660 \begin_inset space ~
44663 box background color:
44664 \begin_inset Newline newline
44672 \begin_layout Itemize
44674 \begin_inset space ~
44677 out note text color:
44678 \begin_inset Newline newline
44686 \begin_layout Standard
44687 To see how to define and use custom colors, see section
44690 \begin_inset space ~
44698 \begin_inset space ~
44706 \begin_layout Section
44710 \begin_layout Standard
44711 Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44712 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44713 \begin_inset space ~
44717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44719 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44726 \begin_layout Section
44730 \begin_layout Standard
44731 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44736 \begin_inset Index idx
44739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44740 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44750 \begin_inset Index idx
44753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44754 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44760 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44765 \begin_inset Index idx
44768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44769 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44774 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44776 For a further description see section
44777 \begin_inset space ~
44781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44783 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44790 \begin_layout Section
44794 \begin_layout Standard
44795 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44796 and you can define additional indexes.
44797 Please refer to section
44798 \begin_inset space ~
44802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44804 reference "sec:Index"
44811 \begin_layout Section
44815 \begin_layout Standard
44816 The PDF properties are explained in section
44817 \begin_inset space ~
44821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44823 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44830 \begin_layout Section
44834 \begin_layout Standard
44835 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44840 \begin_inset Index idx
44843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44844 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44854 \begin_inset Index idx
44857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44858 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44868 \begin_inset Index idx
44871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44872 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44882 \begin_inset Index idx
44885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44886 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44891 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44894 \begin_layout Description
44895 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44896 ensure that you have enabled
44899 \begin_inset space ~
44907 \begin_layout Description
44908 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44911 \begin_inset space ~
44923 \begin_layout Description
44924 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44935 \begin_layout Description
44936 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44938 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44947 \begin_layout Section
44951 \begin_layout Standard
44952 The float placement options are described in section
44955 \begin_inset space ~
44963 \begin_inset space ~
44971 \begin_layout Section
44975 \begin_layout Standard
44976 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44978 Program Code Listings
44983 \begin_inset space ~
44991 \begin_layout Section
44995 \begin_layout Standard
44996 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44997 The itemize environment is described in section
44998 \begin_inset space ~
45002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45004 reference "sec:Itemize"
45011 \begin_layout Section
45015 \begin_layout Standard
45016 Branches are described in section
45017 \begin_inset space ~
45021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45023 reference "sec:Branches"
45030 \begin_layout Section
45032 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45034 name "sec:Doc-Output"
45041 \begin_layout Standard
45042 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
45045 \begin_layout Description
45047 \begin_inset space ~
45051 \begin_inset space ~
45054 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45074 View Master Document
45075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45082 Update Master Document
45083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45090 menu or the toolbar.
45091 The default is set in
45093 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45094 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45098 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45104 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45111 \begin_layout Description
45113 \begin_inset space ~
45117 \begin_inset space ~
45120 Output settings for the menu
45122 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45124 \begin_inset space ~
45130 For a detailed description see section
45132 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45137 \begin_inset space ~
45145 \begin_layout Description
45147 \begin_inset space ~
45151 \begin_inset space ~
45154 Options settings for the export format
45162 \begin_inset space ~
45167 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45168 \begin_inset space ~
45171 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45175 \begin_inset space ~
45180 settings are described in detail in section
45182 Math Output in XHTML
45187 \begin_inset space ~
45193 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45196 \begin_layout Section
45201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45211 \begin_layout Standard
45212 In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
45213 or to define LaTeX-commands.
45214 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45215 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45219 \begin_layout Standard
45220 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45221 \begin_inset space ~
45225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45227 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45234 \begin_layout Chapter
45240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45242 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45247 \begin_inset Index idx
45250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45259 \begin_layout Standard
45260 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45262 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45266 It has the following submenus.
45269 \begin_layout Section
45273 \begin_layout Subsection
45277 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45278 User Interface File
45279 \begin_inset Index idx
45282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45283 Customization ! of toolbars
45289 \begin_inset Index idx
45292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45293 Customization ! of menus
45301 \begin_layout Standard
45302 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45303 interface (ui) file.
45304 A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45305 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45314 Both files are loaded by the
45319 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45320 files and edit the entries.
45323 \begin_layout Standard
45324 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45336 entries must be finished with an explicit
45361 and in the case of the
45362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45374 The syntax for the entries is:
45377 \begin_layout Standard
45378 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45406 \begin_layout Standard
45408 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45411 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45413 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45415 \begin_inset space ~
45423 \begin_layout Standard
45424 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45430 \begin_layout Standard
45431 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45433 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45436 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45440 \begin_layout Standard
45441 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45465 \begin_layout Standard
45467 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45478 menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45481 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45485 \begin_layout Standard
45486 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45487 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45488 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45491 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45498 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45502 \begin_layout Standard
45505 Enable tool tips in main work area
45507 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45515 \begin_layout Standard
45518 Restore window layouts and geometries
45520 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45521 in the last LyX session.
45524 \begin_layout Standard
45527 Restore cursor positions
45529 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
45533 \begin_layout Standard
45536 Load opened files from last session
45538 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45541 \begin_layout Standard
45544 Clear all session information
45546 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45547 of last opened documents, etc.).
45550 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45554 name "sub:Backup documents"
45559 \begin_inset Index idx
45562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45571 \begin_layout Standard
45574 Backup original documents when saving
45576 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45577 it was saved the last time.
45578 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45581 \begin_inset space ~
45587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45589 reference "sec:Paths"
45594 The backup file has the file extension
45595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45609 \begin_layout Standard
45612 Backup documents, every
45614 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45617 \begin_layout Standard
45620 Save documents compressed by default
45622 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45625 \begin_layout Standard
45630 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45633 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45635 \begin_inset space ~
45643 \begin_layout Standard
45646 Open documents in tabs
45648 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45652 \begin_layout Standard
45657 is only active if a LyXServer pipe
45661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45663 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45669 reference "sec:Paths"
45673 for information about LyXServer pipes.
45679 If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
45681 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
45684 \begin_layout Standard
45687 Single close-tab button
45689 there will only be one button (
45692 \begin_inset Graphics
45693 filename ../images/closetab.png
45700 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45701 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45704 \begin_layout Standard
45705 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45713 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
45721 \begin_layout Subsection
45723 \begin_inset Index idx
45726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45735 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45742 \begin_layout Standard
45743 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45746 \begin_layout Standard
45747 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45755 This section only deals with the fonts
45760 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45763 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45764 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45775 \begin_layout Standard
45776 By default, LyX uses
45780 as roman (serif) font,
45788 (depends on the system) as
45791 \begin_inset space ~
45807 \begin_layout Standard
45808 You can change the font size with the
45815 \begin_layout Standard
45820 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45825 points have the size of 1
45826 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45830 \begin_inset space ~
45834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45836 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
45841 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
45842 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45846 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45847 \begin_inset space ~
45851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45853 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45860 \begin_layout Standard
45863 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45865 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45866 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45867 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45868 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45870 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45871 \begin_inset space ~
45877 \begin_layout Subsection
45879 \begin_inset Index idx
45882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45889 \begin_inset Index idx
45892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45901 \begin_layout Standard
45902 Here you can change all the colors used by LyX.
45903 Choose an item in the list and use the
45910 \begin_layout Standard
45911 By using the option
45915 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
45918 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
45919 \begin_inset space ~
45923 \begin_inset space ~
45928 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
45931 \begin_layout Subsection
45933 \begin_inset Index idx
45936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45945 \begin_layout Standard
45946 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45949 \begin_layout Standard
45954 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45955 This feature is described in section
45956 \begin_inset space ~
45960 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45962 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
45969 \begin_layout Standard
45973 \begin_inset space ~
45977 \begin_inset space ~
45981 \begin_inset space ~
45986 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45989 \begin_layout Section
45991 \begin_inset Index idx
45994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46003 \begin_layout Subsection
46007 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46011 \begin_layout Standard
46014 Cursor follows scrollbar
46016 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
46020 \begin_layout Standard
46021 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
46022 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
46023 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
46026 \begin_layout Standard
46029 Scroll below end of document
46031 is self-explanatory.
46034 \begin_layout Standard
46035 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
46042 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
46044 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
46045 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
46048 \begin_layout Standard
46051 Sort environments alphabetically
46053 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46056 \begin_layout Standard
46059 Group environments by their category
46061 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46064 \begin_layout Standard
46065 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46077 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46081 \begin_layout Standard
46082 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46087 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46088 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
46092 \begin_layout Subsection
46094 \begin_inset Index idx
46097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46104 \begin_inset Index idx
46107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46108 Settings ! Shortcuts
46116 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46120 \begin_layout Standard
46121 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46122 Several binding files are available:
46125 \begin_layout Description
46126 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46129 \begin_layout Description
46130 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46141 \begin_layout Description
46142 mac.bind set of bindings for
46145 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46153 \begin_layout Standard
46154 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46158 , and bind files for special languages.
46159 The names of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46164 \begin_inset space \space{}
46168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46176 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46180 \begin_layout Standard
46181 Some bind-files, like
46185 , have only a small scope.
46186 When looking at the end of the file
46190 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46197 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46202 \begin_inset Index idx
46205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46206 Key Bindings ! Editing
46214 \begin_layout Standard
46215 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46216 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46217 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46220 Show key-bindings containing
46223 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46224 Insert there for example as keyword
46225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46232 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46242 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46243 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46247 that you will find in the
46254 \begin_layout Standard
46256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46260 \begin_inset space \space{}
46271 , select the function and press the
46276 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46277 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46278 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46279 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46280 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46282 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46284 The binding for the function
46288 is an example of this.
46291 \begin_layout Standard
46292 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46294 The syntax of the entries is:
46297 \begin_layout Standard
46303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46321 \begin_layout Subsection
46323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46325 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46330 \begin_inset Index idx
46333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46340 \begin_inset Index idx
46343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46344 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46352 \begin_layout Standard
46353 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46354 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46356 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46360 \begin_inset space \space{}
46363 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46364 can use the keyboard map file named
46371 \begin_layout Standard
46372 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46380 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46388 \begin_layout Standard
46389 You can furthermore specify here the
46391 Wheel scrolling speed
46394 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46398 \begin_layout Standard
46403 you can select a key for zooming.
46404 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46407 \begin_layout Subsection
46411 \begin_layout Standard
46412 Input completion is described in sec.
46413 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46419 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46426 \begin_layout Section
46428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46435 \begin_inset Index idx
46438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46445 \begin_inset Index idx
46448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46457 \begin_layout Description
46459 \begin_inset space ~
46462 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46463 It is the default when you
46474 \begin_inset space ~
46482 \begin_layout Description
46484 \begin_inset space ~
46487 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46489 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46491 \begin_inset space ~
46495 \begin_inset space ~
46503 \begin_layout Description
46505 \begin_inset space ~
46508 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46514 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46518 \begin_inset Newline newline
46522 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46534 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
46542 \begin_layout Description
46544 \begin_inset space ~
46548 \begin_inset Index idx
46551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46557 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46558 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46559 \begin_inset space ~
46563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46565 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46573 will be used to save the backups.
46574 \begin_inset Newline newline
46577 Backup files have the ending
46578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46588 \begin_layout Description
46593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46601 \begin_inset space ~
46604 pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
46605 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46606 \begin_inset Newline newline
46613 You add a BibTeX-database
46618 You can edit this file with the program
46627 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46630 \begin_inset space ~
46636 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46641 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46642 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46648 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46649 \begin_inset Newline newline
46652 The pipe is also used for the
46657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46663 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46668 \begin_inset Newline newline
46671 To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
46672 \begin_inset Newline newline
46688 \begin_layout Description
46690 \begin_inset space ~
46693 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46696 \begin_layout Description
46698 \begin_inset space ~
46701 dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46702 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46703 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46706 \begin_layout Description
46708 \begin_inset space ~
46711 dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46717 You only need to specify it if you are using
46721 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46727 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46731 \begin_layout Description
46733 \begin_inset space ~
46736 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46737 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46738 to find it on the system.
46739 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46740 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46749 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46750 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46753 \begin_layout Description
46755 \begin_inset space ~
46758 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46759 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the document
46761 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46763 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
46764 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
46765 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
46766 scanned for the input files.
46767 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46768 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46769 It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
46770 on may fail for some documents.
46773 \begin_layout Section
46777 \begin_layout Standard
46778 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46779 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46781 \begin_inset space ~
46785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46787 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46791 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46794 \begin_layout Section
46796 \begin_inset Index idx
46799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46800 Language ! Settings
46806 \begin_inset Index idx
46809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46810 Settings ! Language
46818 \begin_layout Subsection
46820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46822 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46829 \begin_layout Description
46831 \begin_inset space ~
46835 \begin_inset space ~
46838 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46839 You find the actual translation status here:
46840 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46842 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46849 \begin_layout Description
46851 \begin_inset space ~
46854 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46856 Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46857 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46874 The most widespread language package is
46879 \begin_inset Index idx
46882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46883 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46888 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46889 More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
46890 alternative language package
46895 \begin_inset Index idx
46898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46899 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
46904 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46905 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46907 The available selections are described in sec.
46908 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46914 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46921 \begin_layout Description
46923 \begin_inset space ~
46926 start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
46927 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46928 An example is the start command
46934 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46939 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46954 selectlanguage{$$lang}
46959 \begin_layout Description
46961 \begin_inset space ~
46969 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
46970 command toggles the package on and off.
46973 \begin_layout Description
46975 \begin_inset space ~
46979 \begin_inset space ~
46982 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
46986 \begin_layout Description
46988 \begin_inset space ~
46992 \begin_inset space ~
46995 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
46996 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
46997 used by all LaTeX-packages.
46998 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
47005 \begin_layout Description
47007 \begin_inset space ~
47010 begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
47012 When this option is not set, the
47015 \begin_inset space ~
47020 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
47021 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
47024 \begin_inset space ~
47032 \begin_layout Description
47034 \begin_inset space ~
47040 \begin_inset space ~
47046 When it is not set, the
47049 \begin_inset space ~
47054 is set to the end of the document.
47057 \begin_layout Description
47059 \begin_inset space ~
47063 \begin_inset space ~
47066 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
47067 language will be underlined in blue.
47070 \begin_layout Description
47072 \begin_inset space ~
47076 \begin_inset space ~
47079 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
47080 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
47083 \begin_layout Description
47085 \begin_inset space ~
47088 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
47089 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
47090 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
47091 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
47094 \begin_layout Subsection
47098 \begin_layout Standard
47099 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
47100 \begin_inset space ~
47104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47106 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47113 \begin_layout Section
47117 \begin_layout Subsection
47121 \begin_layout Description
47123 \begin_inset space ~
47127 \begin_inset space ~
47130 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47133 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47134 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47136 \begin_inset space ~
47142 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
47146 \begin_layout Description
47148 \begin_inset space ~
47152 \begin_inset Index idx
47155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47162 \begin_inset Index idx
47165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47166 Settings ! Date format
47171 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47172 \begin_inset Newline newline
47176 \begin_inset Flex URL
47179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47181 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47187 \begin_inset Newline newline
47190 For example the format
47191 \begin_inset Newline newline
47195 \begin_inset Newline newline
47198 prints the date as day/month/year.
47201 \begin_layout Description
47203 \begin_inset space ~
47207 \begin_inset space ~
47210 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47213 \begin_layout Description
47215 \begin_inset space ~
47218 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47220 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47222 \begin_inset space ~
47228 For a detailed description see section
47230 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47235 \begin_inset space ~
47243 \begin_layout Subsection
47245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47252 \begin_inset Index idx
47255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47262 \begin_inset Index idx
47265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47274 \begin_layout Description
47276 \begin_inset space ~
47279 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47280 The name will be used when the
47285 \begin_inset Newline newline
47289 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47297 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47305 \begin_layout Description
47307 \begin_inset space ~
47310 command is the command LyX
47311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47315 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47318 LaTeX uses for printing.
47326 \begin_layout Description
47328 \begin_inset space ~
47332 \begin_inset space ~
47335 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47336 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47337 of the program that provides the
47344 \begin_layout Description
47346 \begin_inset space ~
47350 \begin_inset space ~
47354 \begin_inset space ~
47357 printer This option works only for the
47362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47374 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47375 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47378 \begin_layout Subsection
47383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47393 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47398 \begin_inset Index idx
47401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47410 \begin_layout Description
47412 \begin_inset space ~
47419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47427 \begin_inset space ~
47431 \begin_inset space ~
47434 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47439 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47460 are used for Cyrillic.
47461 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47474 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47475 LyX sets up in the background.
47476 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47479 \begin_layout Description
47481 \begin_inset space ~
47485 \begin_inset space ~
47488 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47493 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47496 \begin_layout Description
47498 \begin_inset space ~
47502 \begin_inset space ~
47506 \begin_inset space ~
47510 \begin_inset space ~
47513 options They only have an effect when the program
47517 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47520 \begin_layout Standard
47521 Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
47522 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47523 manuals of the applications.
47526 \begin_layout Description
47528 \begin_inset space ~
47531 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47532 \begin_inset space ~
47536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47538 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47545 \begin_layout Description
47547 \begin_inset space ~
47550 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47551 \begin_inset space ~
47555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47557 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47564 \begin_layout Description
47566 \begin_inset space ~
47569 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47570 \begin_inset space ~
47574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47576 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47583 \begin_layout Description
47588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47596 \begin_inset space ~
47599 command Command for the program
47603 that is described in the section
47609 Additional Features
47614 \begin_layout Standard
47615 There are additionally the following options:
47618 \begin_layout Description
47620 \begin_inset space ~
47624 \begin_inset space ~
47628 \begin_inset space ~
47632 \begin_inset space ~
47636 \begin_inset space ~
47639 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47657 to separate folders.
47658 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47659 \begin_inset Index idx
47662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47669 \begin_inset Index idx
47672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47681 \begin_layout Description
47683 \begin_inset space ~
47687 \begin_inset space ~
47691 \begin_inset space ~
47695 \begin_inset space ~
47699 \begin_inset space ~
47703 \begin_inset space ~
47706 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47708 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47711 dialog when changing the document class.
47714 \begin_layout Section
47716 \begin_inset space ~
47720 \begin_inset Index idx
47723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47732 \begin_layout Subsection
47734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47736 name "sub:Converters"
47741 \begin_inset Index idx
47744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47753 \begin_layout Standard
47754 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47755 from one format to another.
47756 You can modify converters or create new ones.
47757 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47764 \begin_inset space ~
47774 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47778 \begin_inset space ~
47783 drop-down list, modify the
47787 field and press the
47794 \begin_layout Standard
47797 Converter File Cache
47799 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47802 Maximum Age (in days
47805 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47806 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47809 \begin_layout Standard
47810 More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
47811 definition, is described in the section
47822 \begin_layout Subsection
47824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47826 name "sec:File-Formats"
47831 \begin_inset Index idx
47834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47841 \begin_inset Index idx
47844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47853 \begin_layout Standard
47854 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47855 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47859 \begin_layout Standard
47860 Furthermore, you can define the
47862 Default output format
47864 that is used when you use
47866 View, Update, View Master Document
47870 Update Master Document
47876 menu or the toolbar.
47879 \begin_layout Standard
47880 More about formats and their options is described in the section
47891 \begin_layout Standard
47892 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
47893 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47894 to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
47895 This is done by specifying a
47900 More about this is described in the section
47911 \begin_layout Chapter
47912 Units available in LyX
47913 \begin_inset Index idx
47916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47925 name "cha:Units-available-in"
47932 \begin_layout Standard
47933 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47936 reference "cap:Units"
47940 explains all units available in LyX.
47943 \begin_layout Standard
47944 \begin_inset Float table
47950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47951 \begin_inset Caption
47953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47969 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
47975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47977 \begin_inset Tabular
47978 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
47979 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
47980 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47981 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48077 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48081 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48132 scaled point (65536
48133 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48137 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48193 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48248 % of original image width
48255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48462 \begin_layout Chapter
48464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48473 \begin_layout Standard
48474 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48475 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48478 \begin_layout Itemize
48481 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48484 \begin_layout Itemize
48490 \begin_layout Itemize
48496 \begin_layout Itemize
48502 \begin_layout Itemize
48508 \begin_layout Itemize
48514 \begin_layout Itemize
48520 \begin_layout Itemize
48526 \begin_layout Itemize
48529 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48532 \begin_layout Itemize
48538 \begin_layout Itemize
48544 \begin_layout Itemize
48550 \begin_layout Itemize
48556 \begin_layout Itemize
48562 \begin_layout Itemize
48568 \begin_layout Itemize
48574 \begin_layout Itemize
48580 \begin_layout Itemize
48582 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48591 \begin_layout Standard
48592 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48595 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48602 \begin_layout Bibliography
48603 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48604 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48605 LatexCommand bibitem
48612 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48615 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
48620 \begin_inset Newline newline
48624 \begin_inset Flex URL
48627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48629 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
48637 \begin_layout Bibliography
48638 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48639 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48640 LatexCommand bibitem
48641 key "latexcompanion"
48645 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48647 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48650 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48653 \begin_layout Bibliography
48654 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48655 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48656 LatexCommand bibitem
48661 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48664 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48667 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48670 \begin_layout Bibliography
48671 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48672 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48673 LatexCommand bibitem
48680 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48683 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48686 \begin_layout Bibliography
48687 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48688 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48689 LatexCommand bibitem
48701 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48704 \begin_layout Bibliography
48705 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48706 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48707 LatexCommand bibitem
48713 \begin_inset Newline newline
48717 \begin_inset Flex URL
48720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48722 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48730 \begin_layout Bibliography
48731 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48732 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48733 LatexCommand bibitem
48739 \begin_inset Newline newline
48743 \begin_inset Flex URL
48746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48748 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48756 \begin_layout Bibliography
48757 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48758 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48759 LatexCommand bibitem
48765 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48767 name "Documentation"
48768 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48777 \begin_inset Newline newline
48781 \begin_inset Flex URL
48784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48786 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48794 \begin_layout Bibliography
48795 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48796 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48797 LatexCommand bibitem
48803 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48805 name "Documentation"
48806 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48810 how to use the program
48815 \begin_inset Newline newline
48819 \begin_inset Flex URL
48822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48824 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48832 \begin_layout Bibliography
48833 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48834 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48835 LatexCommand bibitem
48841 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48843 name "Documentation"
48844 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48853 \begin_inset Newline newline
48857 \begin_inset Flex URL
48860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48862 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48870 \begin_layout Bibliography
48871 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48872 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48873 LatexCommand bibitem
48879 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48881 name "Documentation"
48882 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48891 \begin_inset Newline newline
48895 \begin_inset Flex URL
48898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48900 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48908 \begin_layout Bibliography
48909 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48910 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48911 LatexCommand bibitem
48917 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48919 name "Documentation"
48920 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
48924 of the LaTeX-package
48929 \begin_inset Index idx
48932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48933 LaTeX-packages ! caption
48939 \begin_inset Newline newline
48943 \begin_inset Flex URL
48946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48948 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
48956 \begin_layout Bibliography
48957 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48958 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48959 LatexCommand bibitem
48965 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48967 name "Documentation"
48968 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
48972 of the LaTeX-package
48977 \begin_inset Index idx
48980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48981 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
48987 \begin_inset Newline newline
48991 \begin_inset Flex URL
48994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48996 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
49004 \begin_layout Bibliography
49005 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49006 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49007 LatexCommand bibitem
49013 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49015 name "Documentation"
49016 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
49020 of the LaTeX-package
49025 \begin_inset Index idx
49028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49029 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
49035 \begin_inset Newline newline
49039 \begin_inset Flex URL
49042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49044 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
49052 \begin_layout Bibliography
49053 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49054 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49055 LatexCommand bibitem
49063 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49065 name "Documentation"
49066 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
49072 of the LaTeX-package
49077 \begin_inset Index idx
49080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49081 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
49087 \begin_inset Newline newline
49091 \begin_inset Flex URL
49094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49096 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49104 \begin_layout Bibliography
49105 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49106 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49107 LatexCommand bibitem
49113 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49115 name "Documentation"
49116 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49120 of the LaTeX-package
49125 \begin_inset Index idx
49128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49129 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49135 \begin_inset Newline newline
49139 \begin_inset Flex URL
49142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49144 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49152 \begin_layout Bibliography
49153 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49154 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49155 LatexCommand bibitem
49161 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49163 name "Documentation"
49164 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49168 of the LaTeX-package
49173 \begin_inset Index idx
49176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49177 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49183 \begin_inset Newline newline
49187 \begin_inset Flex URL
49190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49192 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49200 \begin_layout Bibliography
49201 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49202 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49203 LatexCommand bibitem
49209 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49211 name "Documentation"
49212 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49216 of the LaTeX-package
49221 \begin_inset Index idx
49224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49225 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49231 \begin_inset Newline newline
49235 \begin_inset Flex URL
49238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49240 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49248 \begin_layout Bibliography
49249 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49250 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49251 LatexCommand bibitem
49257 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49259 name "Documentation"
49260 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49264 of the LaTeX-package
49269 \begin_inset Index idx
49272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49273 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49279 \begin_inset Newline newline
49283 \begin_inset Flex URL
49286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49288 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49296 \begin_layout Bibliography
49297 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49298 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49299 LatexCommand bibitem
49305 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49308 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49312 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49313 \begin_inset Newline newline
49317 \begin_inset Flex URL
49320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49322 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49330 \begin_layout Bibliography
49331 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49332 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49333 LatexCommand bibitem
49339 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49342 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49346 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49347 \begin_inset Newline newline
49351 \begin_inset Flex URL
49354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49356 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49364 \begin_layout Bibliography
49365 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49366 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49367 LatexCommand bibitem
49373 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49376 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49380 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49381 \begin_inset Newline newline
49385 \begin_inset Flex URL
49388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49390 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49398 \begin_layout Bibliography
49399 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49400 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49401 LatexCommand bibitem
49407 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49410 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49414 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49415 \begin_inset Newline newline
49419 \begin_inset Flex URL
49422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49424 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49432 \begin_layout Bibliography
49433 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49434 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49435 LatexCommand bibitem
49441 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49444 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49448 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49449 \begin_inset Newline newline
49453 \begin_inset Flex URL
49456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49458 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49466 \begin_layout Bibliography
49467 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49468 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49469 LatexCommand bibitem
49475 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49478 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49482 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49483 \begin_inset Newline newline
49487 \begin_inset Flex URL
49490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49492 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49500 \begin_layout Bibliography
49501 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49502 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49503 LatexCommand bibitem
49509 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49512 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49516 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49517 \begin_inset Newline newline
49521 \begin_inset Flex URL
49524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49526 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49534 \begin_layout Bibliography
49535 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49536 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49537 LatexCommand bibitem
49543 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49546 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49550 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49551 \begin_inset Newline newline
49555 \begin_inset Flex URL
49558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49560 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49568 \begin_layout Bibliography
49569 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49570 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49571 LatexCommand bibitem
49577 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49580 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49584 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49585 \begin_inset Newline newline
49589 \begin_inset Flex URL
49592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49594 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49602 \begin_layout Bibliography
49603 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49604 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49605 LatexCommand bibitem
49611 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49614 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49618 about new features in
49623 \begin_inset Newline newline
49627 \begin_inset Flex URL
49630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49632 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49640 \begin_layout Standard
49641 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49675 \begin_inset Note Note
49678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49685 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49686 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49687 bibliography is the second one:
49695 \begin_layout Standard
49696 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49697 LatexCommand bibtex
49698 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49699 options "biblio/alphadin"
49706 \begin_layout Standard
49707 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49710 \begin_layout Standard
49711 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49712 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49718 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49719 LatexCommand printindex